Uploaded by Aya Haryry

Standards Practice Book SE G3

advertisement
S TA N D A R D S P R A C T I C E B O O K
EDITION
Standards Practice Book
For Home or School
Grade 3
INCLUDES:
r Home or School Practice
r Lesson Practice and Test Preparation
r English and Spanish School-Home Letters
r Getting Ready for Grade 4 Lessons
Whole Number Operations
Critical Area Developing understanding of multiplication and
division and strategies for multiplication and division within 100
1
Addition and Subtraction within 1,000
Domains Operations and Algebraic Thinking
Number and Operations in Base Ten
Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.0A.9, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 Algebraäsä.UMBERä0ATTERNSä . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2ä 2OUNDäTOäTHEä.EARESTä4ENäORä(UNDREDä . . . . . . . .
1.3 Estimate Sums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4 Mental Math Strategies for Addition . . . . . . . . .
1.5 Algebraäsä5SEä0ROPERTIESäTOä!DDä. . . . . . . . . . .
1.6 Use the Break Apart Strategy to Add . . . . . . . . .
1.7 Use Place Value to Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.8ä %STIMATEä$IFFERENCESä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.9 Mental Math Strategies for Subtraction . . . . . . .
1.10 Use Place Value to Subtract . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.11 Combine Place Values to Subtract . . . . . . . . . .
1.12 Problem Solvingäsä-ODELä!DDITIONäANDä3UBTRACTIONä.
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. P1
. P2
. P3
. P5
. P7
. P9
P11
P13
P15
P17
P19
P21
P23
P25
P27
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P29
P30
P31
P33
P35
P37
P39
P41
P43
P45
Represent and Interpret Data
Domain Measurement and Data
Common Core Standards CC.3.MD.3, CC.3.MD.4
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6ä
2.7
School-Home Letter (English) . . .
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . .
Problem Solvingäsä/RGANIZEä$ATAä
Use Picture Graphs . . . . . . . .
Make Picture Graphs . . . . . . .
Use Bar Graphs . . . . . . . . . .
Make Bar Graphs . . . . . . . . .
3OLVEä0ROBLEMSä5SINGä$ATAä. . . .
Use and Make Line Plots . . . . .
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
iii
Understand Multiplication
Domain Operations and Algebraic Thinking
Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.8
3.1
3.2
3.3ä
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
4
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . .
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . . . . .
Count Equal Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Algebraäsä2ELATEä!DDITIONäANDä-ULTIPLICATIONä . . .
3KIPä#OUNTäONäAä.UMBERä,INEä . . . . . . . . . . .
Problem Solvingäsä-ODELä-ULTIPLICATIONä . . . . . .
Model with Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Algebraäsä#OMMUTATIVEä0ROPERTYäOFä-ULTIPLICATIONä
Algebraäsä-ULTIPLYäWITHä1 and 0 . . . . . . . . . .
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P47
P48
P49
P51
P53
P55
P57
P59
P61
P63
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P65
P66
P67
P69
P71
P73
P75
P77
P79
P81
P83
P85
P87
Multiplication Facts and Strategies
Domain Operations and Algebraic Thinking
Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.OA.9
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . .
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 Multiply with 2 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 Multiply with 5 and 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 Multiply with 3 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 Algebraäsä$ISTRIBUTIVEä0ROPERTY . . . . . . . . . .
4.5 Multiply with 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6 Algebraäsä!SSOCIATIVEä0ROPERTYäOFä-ULTIPLICATION .
4.7 Algebraäsä0ATTERNSäONäTHEä-ULTIPLICATIONä4ABLE . .
4.8 Multiply with 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9 Multiply with 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10 Problem Solvingäsä-ULTIPLICATIONä . . . . . . . . .
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iv
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3
5
Use Multiplication Facts
Domains Operations and Algebraic Thinking
Number and Operations in Base Ten
Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.3
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
6
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . .
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . . . .
Algebraäsä$ESCRIBEä0ATTERNSä . . . . . . . . . . .
Algebraäsä&INDä5NKNOWNä&ACTORSä. . . . . . . . .
Problem Solvingäsä5SEäTHEä$ISTRIBUTIVEä0ROPERTY.
Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 . .
Multiply Multiples of 10 by 1 $IGITä.UMBERSä. . .
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. P89
. P90
. P91
. P93
. P95
. P97
. P99
P101
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P103
P104
P105
P107
P109
P111
P113
P115
P117
P119
P121
P123
Understand Division
Domain Operations and Algebraic Thinking
Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.OA.7
6.1
6.2ä
6.3ä
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . .
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . .
Problem Solvingäsä-ODELä$IVISIONä . . . . . .
3IZEäOFä%QUALä'ROUPSä . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.UMBERäOFä%QUALä'ROUPSä . . . . . . . . . . .
Model with Bar Models . . . . . . . . . . . .
Algebraäsä2ELATEä3UBTRACTIONäANDä$IVISIONä . .
Investigateäsä-ODELäWITHä!RRAYSä . . . . . . .
Algebraäsä2ELATEä-ULTIPLICATIONäANDä$IVISIONä.
Algebraäsä7RITEä2ELATEDä&ACTS. . . . . . . . .
Algebraäsä$IVISIONä2ULESäFORä1 and 0 . . . . .
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
v
7
Division Facts and Strategies
Domain Operations and Algebraic Thinking
Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P125
P126
P127
P129
P131
P133
P135
P137
P139
P141
P143
P145
P147
P149
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . .
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . .
7.1ä $IVIDEäBYä2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2ä $IVIDEäBYä10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3ä $IVIDEäBYä5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4ä $IVIDEäBYä3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.5ä $IVIDEäBYä4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6ä $IVIDEäBYä6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7ä $IVIDEäBYä7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.8ä $IVIDEäBYä8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.9ä $IVIDEäBYä9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.10 Problem Solvingäsä4WO 3TEPä0ROBLEMSää
7.11 Investigateäsä/RDERäOFä/PERATIONSä . . .
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi
Fractions
Critical Area Developing understanding of fractions, especially unit
fractions (fractions with numerator 1)
8
Understand Fractions
Domain Number and Operations—Fractions
Common Core Standards CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.NF.2a, CC.3.NF.2b, CC.3.NF.3c
8.1ä
8.2
8.3ä
8.4ä
8.5ä
8.6ä
8.7ä
8.8ä
8.9
ä ä
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
9
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . .
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . .
%QUALä0ARTSäOFäAä7HOLEä . . . . . . . . . .
Equal Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5NITä&RACTIONSäOFäAä7HOLE . . . . . . . . .
&RACTIONSäOFäAä7HOLEä . . . . . . . . . . .
&RACTIONSäONäAä.UMBERä,INEä . . . . . . .
2ELATEä&RACTIONSäANDä7HOLEä.UMBERS . .
&RACTIONSäOFäAä'ROUPä . . . . . . . . . . .
&INDä0ARTäOFäAä'ROUPä5SINGä5NITä&RACTIONSä
Problem Solvingäsä&INDäTHEä7HOLEä'ROUP
5SINGä5NITä&RACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . .
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P151
P152
P153
P155
P157
P159
P161
P163
P165
P167
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . P169
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . P171
Compare Fractions
Domain Number and Operations—Fractions
Common Core Standards CC.3.NF.3a, CC.3.NF.3b, CC.3.NF.3d
9.1
9.2ä
9.3ä
9.4ä
9.5ä
9.6
9.7ä
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . .
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . . . .
Problem Solvingäsä#OMPAREä&RACTIONSä. . . . . .
#OMPAREä&RACTIONSäWITHäTHEä3AMEä$ENOMINATORä
#OMPAREä&RACTIONSäWITHäTHEä3AMEä.UMERATORä . .
#OMPAREä&RACTIONSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
#OMPAREäANDä/RDERä&RACTIONSä . . . . . . . . . .
Investigateäsä-ODELä%QUIVALENTä&RACTIONSä . . . .
%QUIVALENTä&RACTIONSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P173
P174
P175
P177
P179
P181
P183
P185
P187
P189
vii
Measurement
Critical Area Developing understanding of the structure of
rectangular arrays and of area
10
Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass
Domain Measurement and Data
Common Core Standards CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.2, CC.3.MD.4
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P191
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P192
10.1ä 4IMEäTOäTHEä-INUTEä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P193
10.2
10.3ä
10.4ä
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
11
A.M.
and P.M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-EASUREä4IMEä)NTERVALSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5SEä4IMEä)NTERVALSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Problem Solvingäsä4IMEä)NTERVALSä . . . . . . . .
Measure Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume . . . . . .
Estimate and Measure Mass . . . . . . . . . . .
Solve Problems About Liquid Volume and Mass
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P195
P197
P199
P201
P203
P205
P207
P209
P211
Perimeter and Area
Domain Measurement and Data
Common Core Standards CC.3.MD.5, CC.3.MD.5a, CC.3.MD.6, CC.3.MD.7a, CC.3.MD.7b, CC.3.MD.7c,
viii
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . .
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . .
11.1 Investigateäsä-ODELä0ERIMETERä . . . . .
11.2ä &INDä0ERIMETERä . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3 Algebraäsä&INDä5NKNOWNä3IDEä,ENGTHSä
11.4 Understand Area . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.5 Measure Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.6 Use Area Models . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.7 Problem Solvingäsä!REAäOFä2ECTANGLESä.
11.8 Area of Combined Rectangles . . . . .
11.9ä 3AMEä0ERIMETER ä$IFFERENTä!REASä . . . .
11.10ä 3AMEä!REA ä$IFFERENTä0ERIMETERSä . . . .
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P213
P214
P215
P217
P219
P221
P223
P225
P227
P229
P231
P233
P235
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
CC.3.MD.7d, CC.3.MD.8
Geometry
Critical Area Describing and analyzing two-dimensional shapes
12
Two-Dimensional Shapes
Domain Geometry
Common Core Standards CC.3.G.1, CC.3.G.2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P237
P238
P239
P241
P243
P245
P247
P249
P251
P253
P255
P257
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
12.1ä
12.2ä
12.3ä
12.4ä
12.5
12.6ä
12.7ä
12.8
12.9
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . .
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . . . .
$ESCRIBEä0LANEä3HAPESä . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ESCRIBEä!NGLESäINä0LANEä3HAPESä . . . . . . . .
)DENTIFYä0OLYGONSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ESCRIBEä3IDESäOFä0OLYGONSä. . . . . . . . . . . .
Classify Quadrilaterals . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$RAWä1UADRILATERALSä. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ESCRIBEä4RIANGLESä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Problem Solvingäsä#LASSIFYä0LANEä3HAPESä . . . .
Investigateäsä2ELATEä3HAPES ä&RACTIONS äANDä!REA
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ix
End–of–Year Resources
Getting Ready for Grade 4
These lessons review important skills and prepare you for Grade 4.
Lesson 1 Numbers to Ten Thousand . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 2 Read and Write Numbers to Ten Thousand . . . . .
Lesson 3 Relative Size on a Number Line . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 4 Compare 3- and 4-Digit Numbers . . . . . . . . . .
Checkpoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 5 Multiply with 11 and 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 6 Divide with 11 and 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 7 Algebraäs Multiplication and Division Relationships.
Lesson 8 Use Multiplication Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 9 Use Models to Multiply Tens and Ones . . . . . . .
Lesson 10 Model Division with Remainders . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 11 Use Models to Divide Tens and Ones . . . . . . . .
Checkpoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 12 Model Tenths and Hundredths . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 13 Fractions Greater Than One . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 14 Equivalent Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 15 Equivalent Fractions on a Multiplication Table . . .
Checkpoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 16 Same Size, Same Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesson 17 Algebraäs Change Customary Units of Length . . .
Lesson 18 Algebraäs Change Metric Units of Length . . . . .
Lesson 19 Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume . . . . . . . .
Lesson 20 Estimate and Measure Weight . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checkpoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
x
.P259
.P261
.P263
.P265
.P267
.P269
.P271
.P273
.P275
.P277
.P279
.P281
.P283
.P285
.P287
.P289
.P291
.P293
.P295
.P297
.P299
.P301
.P303
.P305
PRACTICE
GRP1
GRP2
GRP3
GRP4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. GRP5
. GRP6
. GRP7
. GRP8
. GRP9
GRP10
GRP11
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
GRP12
GRP13
GRP14
GRP15
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
GRP16
GRP17
GRP18
GRP19
GRP20
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
LESSON
1
estimate A number close to
an exact amount
compatible numbers Numbers
that are easy to compute mentally
and are close to the real numbers
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will
be learning to estimate and solve addition and
subtraction problems using numbers through
hundreds.
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with adding and subtracting numbers
as well as estimating sums and differences.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught
to estimate sums.
Estimate Sums
These are two methods we will be using
to estimate sums.
Choosing Compatible
Numbers to Estimate
Sums and Differences
367 1 512 5 n
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use rounding.
Use compatible numbers.
STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 1
Round each
number to
the nearest
hundred.
Add the
Find a
rounded compatible
numbers. number for
each addend.
367 n 400
1 512 n 500
400
1 500
900
105 n 100
1 362 n 400
STEP 2
Add the
numbers
mentally.
100
1 400
500
A number may have more
than one compatible
number. For example,
a compatible number
for 362 could be 350 or
400. Whichever numbers
are easiest to add or
subtract mentally are
the best ones to use for
estimations.
Activity
Provide books with large numbers of pages (3-digit numbers).
Have your child use rounding and compatible numbers to
estimate the total number of pages in the two books and
compare how many more pages one book has than the other.
Chapter 1
P1
1
estimación Un número que se
aproxima a una cantidad exacta
números compatibles Números con
los que es fácil calcular mentalmente
y que se aproximan a los números
reales
Querida familia,
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de
matemáticas aprenderemos a estimar y resolver
problemas de suma y resta usando números hasta
las centenas.
Llévare a la casa tareas con actividades para
practicar la suma y la resta, y para estimar sumas
y diferencias.
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como
aprenderemos a estimar sumas.
Estimar sumas
Usa el redondeo.
Usa números compatibles.
PASO 1
PASO 2
PASO 1
PASO 2
Redondea cada
número a la
centena más
cercana.
Suma los
números
que
hallaste.
Halla
un número
compatible para
cada sumando.
Suma los
números
mentalmente.
367 n 400
1 512 n 500
400
1 500
900
105 n 100
1 362 n 400
100
1 400
500
Actividad
Dé a su hijo o hija dos libros que tengan bastantes páginas
(con números de 3 dígitos). Pídale que use el redondeo y los
números compatibles para estimar el total de páginas de los
dos libros y para averiguar cuántas más páginas tiene un libro
que el otro.
P2
Elegir números
compatibles para estimar
sumas y restas
Un número puede tener
más de un número
compatible. Por ejemplo,
un número compatible
para 362 puede ser 350
o 400. Cualquiera de los
números con el que sea
más fácil sumar y restar
mentalmente sirve para
hacer estimaciones.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Estos son dos métodos que usaremos para estimar sumas.
367 1 512 5 n
ALGEBRA
Lesson 1.1
Name
Number Patterns
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.9
Solve problems involving the four operations, and
identify and explain patterns in arithmetic.
Find the sum. Then use the Commutative Property
of Addition to write the related addition sentence.
1.
9 1
2
11
5_
4.
2 1_
9 5_
11
_
2.
4 1
7 5_
3
1
6 5_
_1_5_
1 10
5_
7.
_1_5_
5.
_1_5_
3.
3
6 1
7
5_
7
1
5
5_
_1_5_
1
9
5_
_1_5_
8.
_1_5_
6.
8
0
1
4
5_
_1_5_
9.
9
1
6
5_
_1_5_
Is the sum even or odd? Write even or odd.
10. 5 1 2 __
11. 6 1 4 __
12. 1 1 0 __
13. 5 1 5 __
14. 3 1 8 __
15. 7 1 7 __
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
16. Ada writes 10 1 8 5 18 on the
board. Maria wants to use the
Commutative Property of Addition
to rewrite Ada’s addition sentence.
What number sentence should
Maria write?
17. Jackson says he has an odd number
of model cars. He has 6 cars on one
shelf and 8 cars on another shelf. Is
Jackson correct? Explain.
_______
_______
_______
_______
Chapter 1
P3
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.9)
1. Marvella says that the sum of
her addends is odd. Which of
the following could be Marvella’s
addition problem?
2. Which number sentence shows the
Commutative Property of Addition?
3 1 9 5 12
A
513
C
218
A
12 2 9 5 3
C
9 1 3 5 12
B
917
D
516
B
12 5 8 1 4
D
12 2 3 5 9
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.MD.3, CC.2.MD.8, CC.2.MD.10)
3. Amber has 2 quarters, a dime, and
4. Josh estimates the height of his
3 pennies. How much money does
desk. Which is the best estimate?
Amber have? (Grade 2)
(Grade 2)
A
53¢
C
63¢
A
1 foot
C
5 feet
B
58¢
D
68¢
B
2 feet
D
9 feet
Use the bar graph for 5–6.
(Grade 2)
Books Read
B Bob
C Juan
D Maria
6. Who read 3 more books
than Bob? (Grade 2)
A Alicia
B Juan
C Maria
D no one
P4
Number of Books Read
A Alicia
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Juan
Bob
Maria
Student
Alicia
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Who read the most books?
Lesson 1.2
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.1
Round to the Nearest Ten
or Hundred
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Locate and label 739 on the number line.
Round to the nearest hundred.
800
700
1. 739 is between _ and _.
2. 739 is closer to _ than it is to _.
3. 739 rounded to the nearest hundred is _.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Round to the nearest ten and hundred.
4. 363 __
5. 829 __
6. 572 __
__
__
__
7. 209 __
8. 663 __
9. 949 __
__
__
__
10. 762 __
11. 399 __
12. 402 __
__
__
__
13. The baby elephant weighs
435 pounds. What is its weight
rounded to the nearest hundred
pounds?
14. Jayce sold 218 cups of lemonade
at his lemonade stand. What is
218 rounded to the nearest ten?
Chapter 1
P5
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.1)
1. One day, 758 people visited the
Monkey House at the zoo. What
is 758 rounded to the nearest
hundred?
2. Sami ordered 132 dresses for her
store. What is 132 rounded to the
nearest ten?
A
700
C
800
A
100
C
140
B
760
D
860
B
130
D
200
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.G.1, CC.2.G.3; CC.3.OA.9)
3. Which describes the number
4. Which has an even sum?
(Lesson 1.1)
sentence? (Lesson 1.1)
61056
A Commutative Property of Addition
A
714
B Identity Property of Addition
B
216
C even 1 odd 5 odd
C
514
D odd 1 odd 5 odd
D
312
(Grade 2)
P6
6. What word describes the equal
shares of the shape? (Grade 2)
A cone
A wholes
B cube
B thirds
C rectangle
C halves
D triangle
D fourths
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. What name describes this shape?
Lesson 1.3
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.1
Estimate Sums
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate the sum.
1.
4.
7.
198
1
727
__
200
1 725
__
925
52
1
39
__
2.
5.
1
__
519
1
124
__
8.
1
__
87
1
34
__
256
1
321
__
790
1
112
__
10. 325 1 458
1
1
__
6.
1 _
_
9.
1 _
_
222
1
203 __
1
__
302
1
412 __
1
__
547
1
326 __
1
__
11. 620 1 107
5
12. Stephanie read 72 pages on Sunday
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3.
and 83 pages on Monday. About
how many pages did Stephanie read
during the two days?
_____
1
5
13. Matt biked 345 miles last month.
This month he has biked 107 miles.
Altogether, about how many miles
has Matt biked last month and
this month?
_____
Chapter 1 P7
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.1)
1. The McBrides drove 317 miles
on one day and 289 on the next
day. What is the best estimate of
the number of miles the McBrides
drove in all during the two days?
2. Ryan counted 63 birds in his
backyard last week. This week, he
counted 71 birds in his backyard.
About how many birds did Ryan
count in all?
A
100
A about
70
B
400
B about
100
C
500
C about
130
D
600
D about
200
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.G.1; CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.OA.9)
3. What name describes this shape?
4. Which has an odd sum?
(Lesson 1.1)
(Grade 2)
A cone
A
919
B
513
C
617
D
218
B cube
C quadrilateral
5. What is 503 rounded to the nearest
hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
P8
6. What is 645 rounded to the nearest
ten? (Lesson 1.2)
A
500
A
600
B
510
B
640
C
600
C
650
D
610
D
700
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
D square
Lesson 1.4
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.2
Mental Math Strategies
for Addition
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Count by tens and ones to find the sum.
Use the number line to show your thinking.
43
1. 29 1 14 5 _
1(
2. 36 1 28 5 _
1('
)0 *'
1*
+'
+*
3. 45 1 26 5 _
4. 52 1 34 5 _
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use mental math to find the sum.
Draw or describe the strategy you use.
5. 52 1 19 5 __
6. 122 1 306 5 __
7. Shelley spent 17 minutes washing
8. It took Marty 42 minutes to write
the dishes. She spent 38 minutes
cleaning her room. Explain how you
can use mental math to find how
long Shelley spent on the two tasks.
a book report. Then he spent
18 minutes correcting his report.
Explain how you can use mental
math to find how long Marty spent
on his book report.
Chapter 1
P9
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.2)
1. Sylvia spent 36¢ for a pencil and
55¢ for a notepad. Use mental
math to find how much she spent
in all.
2. Will spent 24 minutes putting
together a model plane. Then
he spent 48 minutes painting the
model. How long did Will spend
working on the model plane?
A
80¢
C
90¢
A
62 minutes
C
72 minutes
B
81¢
D
91¢
B
68 minutes
D
81 minutes
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.G.1, CC.2.G.3; CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1)
(Grade 2)
shares of the shape? (Grade 2)
A hexagon
A fourths
B pentagon
B halves
C quadrilateral
C sixths
D triangle
D thirds
5. Tammy wrote an addition problem
that has an odd sum. Which could
be Tammy’s addition problem?
(Lesson 1.1)
P10
4. What word describes the equal
6. Greg counted 83 cars and
38 trucks in the mall parking lot.
Which is the best estimate of the
total number of cars and trucks
Greg counted? (Lesson 1.3)
A
216
A
100
B
315
B
110
C
516
C
120
D
717
D
130
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. What name describes this shape?
ALGEBRA
Lesson 1.5
Name
Use Properties to Add
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.2
Use addition properties and strategies to find
the sum.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
193
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
1. 34 1 62 1 51 1 46 5 _
2. 27 1 68 1 43 5 _
34
10
46
10
62
1
51
_
193
3. 42 1 36 1 18 5 _
4. 74 1 35 1 16 1 45 5 _
5. 41 1 26 1 149 5 _
6. 52 1 64 1 28 1 44 5 _
7. A pet shelter has 26 dogs, 37 cats,
8. The pet shelter bought 85 pounds
and 14 gerbils. How many of these
animals are in the pet shelter in all?
of dog food, 50 pounds of cat food,
and 15 pounds of gerbil food. How
many pounds of animal food did the
pet shelter buy?
Chapter 1
P11
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.2)
1. At summer camp there are 52 boys,
47 girls, and 18 adults. How many
people are at summer camp?
2. At camp, 32 children are swimming,
25 are fishing, and 28 are canoeing.
How many children are swimming,
fishing, or canoeing?
A
97
A
75
B
107
B
85
C
117
C
95
D
127
D
105
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.MD.3; CC.3.NBT.1)
of the door to their classroom. Who
made the best estimate? (Grade 2)
A Ted:
1 foot
B Hank:
C Ann:
3 feet
10 feet
D Maria:
15 feet
5. Jeff’s dog weighs 76 pounds. What
is the dog’s weight rounded to the
nearest ten pounds? (Lesson 1.2)
P12
4. Four students estimated the height
of the door to their classroom. Who
made the best estimate? (Grade 2)
A Larry:
1 meter
B Garth:
2 meters
C Ida:
14 meters
D Jill:
20 meters
6. Ms. Kirk drove 164 miles in the
morning and 219 miles in the
afternoon. Which is the best
estimate of the total number of
miles she drove that day? (Lesson 1.3)
A
70 pounds
B
80 pounds
A
100 miles
C
90 pounds
B
200 miles
D
100 pounds
C
400 miles
D
500 miles
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Four students estimated the width
Lesson 1.6
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.2
Use the Break Apart Strategy
to Add
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Estimate. Then use the break apart strategy
to find the sum.
800
1. Estimate: _
325 5 300 1 20 1 5
400 1 90 1 4
1 494 5 ____
__
700 1 110 1 9
3. Estimate: _
473 5
1 123 5
__
5. Estimate: _
731 5
1 207 5
__
2. Estimate: _
518 5
1 372 5
__
4. Estimate: _
208 5
1 569 5
__
6. Estimate: _
495 5
1 254 5
__
Use the table for 7–8.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
7. Laura is making a building using Set A
and Set C. How many blocks can she
use in her building?
8. Clark is making a building using Set B
Build-It Blocks
Set
Number of Blocks
A
165
B
188
C
245
and Set C. How many blocks can he
use in his building?
Chapter 1
P13
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.2)
1. Arthur read two books last week.
One book has 216 pages. The
other book has 327 pages.
Altogether, how many pages
are in the two books?
2. One skeleton in a museum has
189 bones. Another skeleton has
232 bones. How many bones in all
are in the two skeletons?
A
533
A
311
B
543
B
312
C
633
C
411
D
643
D
421
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.MD.8; CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.2)
a penny. How much money does
he have? (Grade 2)
4. Felicia has 34 quarters, 25 dimes,
and 36 pennies. How many coins
does Felicia have? (Lesson 1.5)
A
41¢
A
75
B
55¢
B
85
C
56¢
C
95
D
86¢
D
105
5. Jonas wrote 9 1 8 5 17. Which
number sentence shows the
Commutative Property of Addition?
(Lesson 1.1)
6. At Kennedy School there are
37 girls and 36 boys in the third
grade. How many students are in
the third grade at Kennedy School?
(Lesson 1.4)
P14
A
91059
A
63
B
8 1 9 5 17
B
73
C
17 2 9 5 8
C
81
D
17 2 8 5 9
D
91
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Culver has 1 quarter, 3 dimes, and
Lesson 1.7
Name
Use Place Value to Add
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.2
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Estimate. Then find the sum.
600
1. Estimate: _
1
324
1
285
__
2. Estimate: _
519
1
347
__
3. Estimate: _
323
1
151
__
4. Estimate: _
169
1
354
__
609
5. Estimate: _
148
1
285
__
9. Estimate: _
127
1
290
__
6. Estimate: _
270
1
453
__
10. Estimate: _
258
1
565
__
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
13. Mark has 215 baseball cards. Emily
has 454 baseball cards. How many
baseball cards do Mark and Emily
have altogether?
_______
7. Estimate: _
275
1
116
__
11. Estimate: _
311
1
298
__
8. Estimate: _
157
1
141
__
12. Estimate: _
534
1
256
__
14. Jason has 330 pennies. Richie
has 268 pennies. Rachel has 381
pennies. Which two students have
more than 700 pennies combined?
_______
Chapter 1
P15
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.2)
1. There are 167 students in the
third grade. The same number of
students is in the fourth grade. How
many third graders and fourth
graders are there in all?
2. Jamal read a book with 128 pages.
Then he read a book with
179 pages. How many pages
did Jamal read in all?
A
224
A
397
B
234
B
307
C
324
C
297
D
334
D
207
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
He travels 167 miles on Tuesday.
Which is the best estimate for
the total number of miles Adam
travels? (Lesson 1.3)
$36 mowing lawns. How much
did he make in all mowing lawns?
(Lesson 1.5)
A
200
A
$116
B
300
B
$152
C
400
C
$166
D
500
D
$188
5. There are 24 students in
Mrs. Cole’s class and 19 students
in Mr. Garmen’s class. How many
students in all are in the two
classes? (Lesson 1.4)
P16
4. Wes made $14, $62, $40, and
6. There were 475 children at the
baseball game on Sunday. What is
475 rounded to the nearest ten?
(Lesson 1.2)
A
43
A
400
B
40
B
470
C
33
C
480
D
5
D
500
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Adam travels 248 miles on Monday.
Lesson 1.8
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.1
Estimate Differences
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate
the difference.
1.
4.
7.
10.
40
2
13
__
98
2
49
__
68
2
31
__
2.
5.
2
__
8.
2
__
762
2
332
__
287
2
162
__
476
2
155
__
771 2 531
2
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
40
2
10
__
30
3.
2
__
6.
2
__
9.
2
__
11.
5
12. Ben has a collection of
812 stamps. He gives his brother
345 stamps. About how many
823
2
242 2
__
__
359
2
224 2
__
__
622
2
307 __
2
__
299 2 61
2
5
13. Savannah’s bakery sold 284 pies in
stamps does Ben have left?
September. In October the bakery
sold 89 pies. About how many more
pies did Savannah’s bakery sell in
September than in October?
_____
_____
Chapter 1 P17
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.1)
1. Jorge has 708 baseball cards and
394 basketball cards. About how
many more baseball cards than
basketball cards does Jorge have?
2. Danika is making necklaces.
She has 512 silver beads and
278 blue beads. About how
many more silver than blue
beads does Danika have?
A about
200
A about
200
B about
300
B about
300
C about
400
C about
400
D about
500
D about
800
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
402 baseball caps and 122 ski
caps. Which is the best estimate
of the total number of caps the
manager ordered? (Lesson 1.3)
A
300
B
500
C
600
D
700
5. Find the sum.
585
1 346
__
P18
(Lesson 1.7)
4. Autumn collected 129 seashells at
the beach. What is 129 rounded to
the nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2)
A
100
B
120
C
130
D
200
6. Julie made $22, $55, $38, and
$25 babysitting. How much did she
make in all babysitting? (Lesson 1.5)
A
239
A
$102
B
821
B
$115
C
900
C
$140
D
931
D
$165
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. A store manager ordered
Lesson 1.9
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.2
Mental Math Strategies
for Subtraction
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Use mental math to find the difference.
Draw or describe the strategy you use.
35
1. 74 2 39 5 __
2 2 2 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2. 93 2 28 5 __
2 2 3. 51 2 9 5 __
4. 76 2 23 5 __
5. 357 2 214 5 __
6. 285 2 99 5 __
7. Ruby has 78 books. Thirty-one of the
8. Kyle has 130 pins in his collection.
books are on shelves. The rest are
still packed in boxes. How many of
Ruby’s books are still in boxes?
He has 76 of the pins displayed on
his wall. The rest are in a drawer.
How many of Kyle’s pins are in a
drawer?
Chapter 1
P19
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.2)
1. One day, a baker made 54 fruit
pies. At the end of the day, only
9 of the pies were NOT sold. How
many pies were sold that day?
2. George’s father bought a 50-pound
bag of wild bird seed. At the end
of two weeks, 36 pounds of seed
were left in the bag. How many
pounds of seed had been used?
A
43
C
63
A
14 pounds
C
26 pounds
B
45
D
65
B
24 pounds
D
86 pounds
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
3. For a party, Shaun blew up 36 red
balloons, 28 white balloons, and
24 blue balloons. How many
balloons did he blow up in all?
4. Tiffany has read 115 pages of her
book. She has 152 pages left to
read. How many pages are in the
book? (Lesson 1.6)
(Lesson 1.5)
A
78
A
37
B
81
B
267
C
87
C
277
D
88
D
367
on Monday. By Tuesday, the shop
had 159 flowers left. About how
many flowers had been sold?
(Lesson 1.8)
P20
6. There are 383 books in one section
of the school library. Of the books,
165 are fiction books. Which is the
best estimate of the number of
books in that section that are NOT
fiction? (Lesson 1.8)
A about
200
B about
300
A about
200
C about
400
B about
300
D about
500
C about
400
D about
500
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. The flower shop had 568 flowers
Lesson 1.10
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.2
Use Place Value to Subtract
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Estimate. Then find the difference.
1. Estimate:
500
7 15
585
2
119
__
5. Estimate:
487
2
290
__
9. Estimate:
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
627
2 253
__
2. Estimate:
738
2
227
__
6. Estimate:
936
2 329
__
10. Estimate:
862
2 419
__
13. Mrs. Cohen has 427 buttons. She
uses 195 buttons to make puppets.
How many buttons does Mrs. Cohen
have left?
_____
3. Estimate:
651
2
376
__
7. Estimate:
270
2 128
__
11. Estimate:
726
2 148
__
4. Estimate:
815
2
281
__
8. Estimate:
364
2 177
__
12. Estimate:
543
2 358
__
14. There were 625 ears of corn and
247 tomatoes sold at a farm stand.
How many more ears of corn were
sold than tomatoes?
_____
Chapter 1
P21
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.2)
1. On Saturday, 453 people go to a
school play. On Sunday, 294 people
go to the play. How many more
people go to the play on Saturday?
2. Corey has 510 marbles. He fills one
jar with 165 marbles. How many of
Corey’s marbles are NOT in the jar?
A
159
A
675
B
169
B
455
C
259
C
350
D
747
D
345
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
at the farmers’ market. There were
12 peppers left at the end of the
day. How many peppers did Pattie
sell? (Lesson 1.9)
morning. Then it flies 385 miles in
the afternoon. About how many
more miles does the airplane fly in
the morning? (Lesson 1.8)
A
50
A about
100 miles
B
52
B about
200 miles
C
62
C about
300 miles
D
78
D about
900 miles
5. What is the unknown number?
P22
4. An airplane flies 617 miles in the
6. Dexter has 128 shells. He needs
(Lesson 1.5)
283 more shells for his art project.
(O 1 4) 1 59 5 70
How many shells will Dexter use
for his art project? (Lesson 1.6)
A
4
A
155
B
6
B
165
C
7
C
401
D
8
D
411
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Pattie brought 64 peppers to sell
Lesson 1.11
Name
Combine Place Values to Subtract
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.2
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Estimate. Then find the difference.
200
1. Estimate: _
476
2 269
__
5. Estimate: _
700
2
326
__
9. Estimate: _
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
826
2
617
__
2. Estimate: _
615
2 342
__
6. Estimate: _
325
2
179
__
10. Estimate: _
900
2
158
__
13. Bev scored 540 points. This was
158 points more than Ike scored.
3. Estimate: _
508
2 113
__
7. Estimate: _
935
2
813
__
11. Estimate: _
607
2
568
__
4. Estimate: _
716
2 229
__
8. Estimate: _
358
2
292
__
12. Estimate: _
973
2
869
__
14. A youth group earned $285 washing
How many points did Ike score?
cars. The group’s expenses were
$79. How much profit did the group
make washing cars?
_____
_____
Chapter 1
P23
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.2)
1. A television program lasts for
120 minutes. Of that time,
36 minutes are taken up by
commercials. What is the length
of the actual program without the
commercials?
2. Syd spent 215 minutes at the
library. Of that time, he spent
120 minutes on the computer. How
much of his time at the library did
Sid NOT spend on the computer?
A
84 minutes
C
104 minutes
A
85 minutes
C
105 minutes
B
94 minutes
D
156 minutes
B
95 minutes
D
335 minutes
Spiral Review (CC3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
568 songs on his music player.
To the nearest hundred, about
how many songs are on the music
player? (Lesson 1.2)
3 buses. One bus had 47 students.
The second bus had 38 students.
The third bus had 43 students. How
many students in all were on the
three buses? (Lesson 1.5)
A
500
A
108
B
600
B
118
C
700
C
128
D
800
D
138
5. Callie has 83 postcards in her
collection. Of the postcards,
24 are from Canada. The rest of
the postcards are from the United
States. How many of the postcards
are from the United States? (Lesson 1.9)
P24
4. The students traveled to the zoo in
6. There were 475 seats set up for the
school play. At one performance,
189 of the seats were empty. How
many seats were filled at that
performance? (Lesson 1.10)
A
58
A
286
B
59
B
296
C
61
C
314
D
69
D
396
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Xavier’s older brother has
à Lesson 1.12
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃ E:;BÃÞ::?J?EDÃ
7D:ÃK8JH79J?ED
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.8
Solve problems involving the four operations, and
identify and explain patterns in arithmetic.
Use the bar model to solve the problem.
1. Elena went bowling. Elena’s score in the first game
was 127. She scored 16 more points in the second
game than in the first game. What was her total score?
127
16
127
143
127 1 16 5
143 5
127 1 143 5
270 5
270 points
____
2. Mike’s Music sold 287 CDs on the first day of a 2-day
sale. The store sold 96 more CDs on the second day
than on the first day. How many CDs in all were sold
during the 2-day sale?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5
5
____
Chapter 1
P25
TEST
PREP
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.OA.8)
1. Ms. Hinely picked 46 tomatoes from
her garden on Friday. On Saturday,
she picked 17 tomatoes. How many
tomatoes did she pick in all?
2. Rosa read 57 pages of a book in
the morning. She read 13 fewer
pages in the afternoon. How
many pages did Rosa read in the
afternoon?
A
109
C
53
A
44
C
70
B
63
D
29
B
60
D
83
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
has 186 action figures. Which is
the best estimate of the number of
action figures Mike and Alex have
altogether? (Lesson 1.8)
the pack Hannah bought. She has
used 137 sheets already. How
many sheets of paper does Hannah
have left? (Lesson 1.11)
A
150
A
363
B
250
B
463
C
350
C
400
D
400
D
637
5. There were 378 visitors to the
science museum on Friday. There
were 409 visitors on Saturday.
How many more people visited the
museum on Saturday? (Lesson 1.7)
P26
4. There are 500 sheets of paper in
6. Ravi scores 247 points in a video
game. How many more points does
he need to score a total of 650?
(Lesson 1.10)
A
25
A
897
B
31
B
430
C
171
C
417
D
787
D
403
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Mike has 57 action figures. Alex
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1,
CC.3.NBT.2
Name
Chapter 1 Extra Practice
Lesson 1.1
Find the sum. Then use the Commutative Property of
Addition to write the related addition sentence.
1. 5 1 7 5 _
_
2. 4 1 9 5 _
1_5_
_
3. 0 1 5 5 _
1_5_
_
1_5_
Lesson 1.2
Round to the nearest ten and hundred.
1. 622 _
2. 307 _
3. 867 _
_
_
_
Lesson 1.3
Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate the sum.
1.
24
1 82
__
2.
1
__
112
1 279 __
1
__
3.
583
1 169
__
1
__
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson 1.4
Use mental math to find the sum.
1. 71 1 99 5 __
2. 38 1 58 5 __
3. 307 1 418 5 __
Lesson 1.5
Use addition properties and strategies to find the sum.
1. 13 1 47 1 21 1 79 5 __
2. 55 1 18 1 15 1 43 5 __
Chapter 1
P27
Lessons 1.6–1.7
Estimate. Then find the sum.
1. Estimate: _
2. Estimate: _
325
1 389
__
219
1 445
__
3. Estimate: _
437
1 146
__
4. Estimate: _
308
1 593
__
Lesson 1.8
Use rounding or compatible numbers to
estimate the difference.
1.
82
2
44
__
2.
2
__
192
2
78
__
3.
2
__
618
2
369
__
2
__
Lesson 1.9
Use mental math to find the difference.
1. 92 2 41 5 __
2. 451 2 125 5 __
3. 703 2 359 5__
Lessons 1.10–1.11
Estimate. Then find the difference.
622
2
354
__
2. Estimate: _
506
2
189
__
3. Estimate: _
763
2
295
__
4. Estimate: _
848
2
209
__
Lesson 1.12
1. Sara read 81 pages in her book.
Colin read 64 pages in his book.
How many more pages did Sara
read than Colin?
P28
2. Herb planted 28 pea plants. He
planted 15 fewer tomato plants.
How many pea and tomato plants
did Herb plant in all?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
1. Estimate: _
2
bar graph A graph that uses bars
to show data
data Information that is collected
about people or things
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will
learn about interpreting and representing data.
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with tally tables, frequency tables,
picture graphs, bar graphs, and line plots.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught
to solve problems using a bar graph.
frequency table A frequency
table uses numbers to record
data.
line plot A line plot uses marks to
record each piece of data above
a number line.
picture graph A picture graph
uses small pictures or symbols to
show information.
Use a Bar Graph to Solve a Problem
Use the bar graph. How many more sports books than
nature books does Richard have?
STEP 1
STEP 2
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Count along the scale
to find the difference
between the bars. The
difference is 5 books.
Subject
Identify the bars for
Sports and Nature.
Richard’s Books
History
Sports
Reading Scales
To make reading the
length or height of
a bar easier, use a
straightedge or ruler to
line up one end of the
bar with the number on
the scale.
Nature
0
2 4 6 8 10 12
Number of Books
So, Richard has 5 more sports books than nature books.
Activity
Look for bar graphs in magazines and newspapers or
help your child create his or her own bar graphs. Then
ask questions such as “how many more” and “how many
fewer” and help your child find the answers.
Chapter 2
P29
2
gráfica de barras Una gráfica que
muestra los datos por medio de
barras
datos La información que se
recolecta sobre las personas o cosas
Estimada familia,
Durante la próximas semanas, en la clase de
matemáticas aprenderemos acerca de interpretar
y representar problemas usando una gráfica de
barras datos.
Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para poner en
práctica las tablas de frecuencia, las gráficas de
dibujos, las gráficas de barras y los diagramas de
puntos.
tabla de frecuencia Una tabla de
frecuencia registra los datos por
medio de números.
diagrama de puntos Un diagrama
de puntos usa marcas para anotar
cada pieza de datos en una recta
numérica.
gráfica de dibujos Una gráfica
de dibujos muestra la información
por medio de dibujos pequeños o
símbolos.
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como aprenderemos
a resolver problemas usando una gráfica de barras .
Usar una gráfica de barras para resolver un problema
Usa la gráfica de barras. ¿Cuántos libros más de deportes que de
la naturaleza tiene Richard?
PASO 2
Cuenta a lo largo de
la escala para hallar
la diferencia entre las
barras. La diferencia
es 5 libros.
Historia
Tema
Identifica las barras
para Deportes y
Naturaleza.
Los libros de Richard
Deportes
Escalas
Para leer más fácil la
longitud o altura de una
barra, usa una orilla recta
o una regla para alinear un
extremo de la barra con el
número de la escala.
Naturaleza
0
2 4 6 8 10 12
Número de libros
Entonces, Richard tiene 5 libros más de deportes que de la naturaleza.
Actividad
Busque y recorte gráficas de barras de revistas o periódicos o ayude a su
hijo a crear sus propias gráficas de barras. Después haga preguntas como
“cuántos más” y “cuántos menos”. Ayúdelo a hallar las respuestas.
P30
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
PASO 1
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 2.1
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃH=7D?P;Ã7J7
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.3
Use the Favorite School Subject tables for 1–4.
1. The students in two third-grade classes
recorded their favorite school subject. The
data are in the tally table. How many fewer
students chose science than chose social
studies as their favorite school subject?
Represent and interpret data.
Favorite School Subject
Subject
Tally
Math
Science
Think: Use the data in the tally table to record
the data in the frequency table. Then solve
the problem.
12 students
social studies: _
5 students
science: _
7
12 – 5 = _
7 fewer students chose science.
So, _
2. What subject did the least number of
Language Arts
Reading
Social Studies
Favorite School Subject
Subject
students choose?
Math
___
Science
3. How many more students chose math
than language arts as their favorite
subject?
_
more students
Number
5
Language Arts
Reading
Social Studies
12
4. Suppose 3 students changed their vote from
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
math to science. Describe how the
frequency table would change.
Chapter 2 P31
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
(CC.3.MD.3)
The tally table shows the cards in Kyle’s sports card collection.
1. How many hockey and football
Kyle’s Sports Cards
cards does Kyle have combined?
A
5
B
8
C
12
D
13
Sport
Tally
Baseball
Hockey
Basketball
Football
F?H7BÃ;L?;MÃ (CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
concert hall. What is 472 rounded
to the nearest hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
A
400
B
470
C
500
D
600
4. Judy has 573 baseball cards in her
collection. Todd has 489 baseball
cards in his collection. How many
fewer cards does Todd have than
Judy? (Lesson 1.10)
P32
3. Max and Anna played a video
game as a team. Max scored
463 points and Anna scored
329 points. How many points
did they score in all? (Lesson 1.12)
A
892
B
792
C
782
D
134
5. Ms. Westin drove 542 miles last
week and 378 miles this week on
business. How many miles in all did
she drive on business during the
two weeks? (Lesson 1.7)
A
84
A
810 miles
B
94
B
820 miles
C
116
C
910 miles
D
184
D
920 miles
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2. There are 472 people in the
Lesson 2.2
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.3
Use Picture Graphs
Represent and interpret data.
Use the Math Test Scores picture graph for 1–7.
Mrs. Perez made a picture graph of her
students’ scores on a math test.
Math Test Scores
100
1. How many students scored 100? How
can you find the answer?
95
To
find the number of
________
students
who scored 100,
________
count
each star as 4 students.
________
So,
20 students scored 100.
________
90
2. What does
85
Key: Each
= 4 students.
stand for?
________
3. How many students in all scored 100 or 95?
_______
4. How many more students scored 90 than 85?
_______
5. How many students in all took the test?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
_______
6. Suppose the students who scored
85 and 90 on the math test take the
test again and score 95. How many
stars would you have to add to the
picture graph next to 95?
7. If 2 more students took the math
test and both made a score of 80,
what would the picture graph look
like?
Chapter 2
P33
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.3)
1. Karen asked her friends to name
their favorite type of dog.
2. Henry made a picture graph to
show what topping people like on
their pizza. This is his key.
Favorite Dog
Each
Retriever
Poodle
5 6 people.
stand for?
What does
Terrier
Key: Each
= 2 people.
How many people chose poodles?
A
10
C
4
B
6
D
3
A
2 people
B
6 people
C
9 people
D
12 people
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1)
3. Estimate the sum.
(Lesson 1.3)
610
2 187
A
900
C
700
A
800
C
500
B
800
D
600
B
600
D
400
5. What is 871 rounded to the
nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2)
P34
(Lesson 1.8)
6. What is 473 rounded to the
nearest hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
A
900
A
400
B
880
B
470
C
870
C
500
D
800
D
570
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
523
1 295
4. Estimate the difference.
Lesson 2.3
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.3
Make Picture Graphs
Represent and interpret data.
Ben asked his classmates about their favorite
kind of TV show. He recorded their responses in a
frequency table. Use the data in the table to make
a picture graph.
Follow the steps to make a picture graph.
Step 1 Write the title at the top of the graph.
Step 2 Look at the numbers in the table.
Tell how many students each
picture represents for the key.
Type
Number
Cartoons
9
Sports
6
Movies
3
Cartoons
Step 3 Draw the correct number of pictures
for each type of show.
Use your picture graph for 1–5.
Favorite TV Show
Sports
Movies
Key: Each
5
1. What title did you give the graph?
_________
2. What key did you use?
_________
3. How many pictures did you use
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
to represent sports?
_________
4. How many pictures would you draw
if 12 students chose game shows as
their favorite kind of TV show?
5. What key would you use if
10 students chose cartoons?
Chapter 2 P35
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.3)
1. Sandy made a picture graph to
show the sports her classmates like
to play. How many fewer students
chose baseball than chose soccer?
Favorite Sport
Basketball
Soccer
Baseball
Key: Each
5 2 students.
A
3
C
7
B
4
D
8
2. Tommy is making a picture graph
to show his friends’ favorite kind of
music. He plans to use one musical
note to represent 2 people. How
many notes will he use to represent
that 4 people chose country music?
A
2
B
4
C
6
D
8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
(Lesson 1.7)
490
1 234
paper. Which number was NOT a
number that Sophie wrote? (Lesson 1.1)
A
256
C
664
A
5
C
13
B
624
D
724
B
11
D
20
5. Miles ordered 126 books to give
away at the store opening. What
is 126 rounded to the nearest
hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
P36
4. Sophie wrote odd numbers on her
6. Estimate the difference.
422
2 284
A
230
A
100
B
200
B
180
C
130
C
200
D
100
D
700
(Lesson 1.8)
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Find the sum.
Lesson 2.4
Name
Use Bar Graphs
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.3
Represent and interpret data.
Use the After-Dinner Activities bar graph for 1–6.
1. How many students spent the most time
watching TV after dinner?
After-Dinner Activities
Number of Students
The third-grade students at Case Elementary
School were asked what they spent the most
time doing last week after dinner. The results
are shown in the bar graph at the right.
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
ad
Re
Do
3 students
Ho
k
or
w
me
W
h
a tc
me
TV
y
Pla
a
aG
Activity
_____
2. How many students in all answered the survey?
_____
3. How many students in all played a game or read?
_____
4. How many fewer students read than did homework?
_____
5. How many more students read than
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
watched TV?
_____
6. Suppose 3 students changed their answers to reading instead
of doing homework. Where would the bar for reading end?
____________
Chapter 2
P37
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.3)
1. The bar graph shows the number
Number of Sandwiches
Sandwiches Sold
of sandwiches sold at Lisa’s
sandwich cart yesterday. How many
tuna sandwiches were sold?
28
24
20
16
12
8
4
0
Ham
Turkey
Tuna
Peanut
Butter
A
12
B
16
C
18
D
20
Type
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1)
ten? (Lesson 1.2)
week. What is 178 rounded to the
nearest hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
A
500
B
580
A
400
C
200
C
590
B
280
D
180
D
600
4. Estimate the difference.
(Lesson 1.8)
371
2 99
P38
3. Savannah read 178 minutes last
5. Estimate the difference.
(Lesson 1.8)
625
2 248
A
500
C
300
A
800
C
400
B
400
D
200
B
500
D
300
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2. What is 582 rounded to the nearest
Lesson 2.5
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.3
Make Bar Graphs
Represent and interpret data.
Ben asked some friends to name their favorite
breakfast food. He recorded their choices in
the frequency table at the right.
1. Complete the bar graph by using
Ben’s data.
Favorite Breakfast Food
Number of Votes
16
12
Favorite Breakfast Food
Food
Number
of Votes
Waffles
8
Cereal
14
Pancakes
12
Oatmeal
4
Use your bar graph for 2–5.
2. Which food did the most people
choose as their favorite breakfast
food?
8
4
3. How many people chose waffles as
their favorite breakfast food?
0
Waffles
Cereal Pancakes Oatmeal
Food
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
4. How did you know how high to draw the bar for pancakes?
5. Suppose 6 people chose oatmeal as their favorite breakfast food.
How would you change the bar graph?
Chapter 2
P39
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.3)
Favorite Pizza Topping
Number of Votes
8
6
1. Gary asked his friends to name their
favorite pizza topping. He recorded
the results in a bar graph. How
many people chose pepperoni?
A
6
C
4
B
5
D
1
4
2
2. Suppose 3 more friends chose
0
Cheese Sausage Pepperoni Mushrooms
Topping
mushrooms. Where would the bar
for mushrooms end?
A
2
C
6
B
4
D
8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1)
3. Estimate the sum.
(Lesson 1.3)
458
1 214
correct sum? (Lesson 1.1)
700
C
300
B
600
D
200
for an upcoming race. What is
682 rounded to the nearest
hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
A
140
C
1
B
14
D
0
6. There are 187 new students this
year at Maple Elementary. What is
187 rounded to the nearest ten?
(Lesson 1.2)
A
600
A
100
B
680
B
180
C
700
C
190
D
780
D
200
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A
5. There are 682 runners registered
P40
4. Matt added 14 1 0. What is the
Lesson 2.6
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.3
Solve Problems Using Data
Represent and interpret data.
Use the Favorite Hot Lunch bar graph for 1–3.
1. How many more students chose pizza than
chose grilled cheese?
Number of Votes
Think: Subtract the number of students who
chose grilled cheese, 2, from the number of
students who chose pizza, 11.
11 2 2 5 9
_ more students
Favorite Hot Lunch
2. How many students did not choose
chicken patty?
_
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Hot Dog Chicken Pizza
Patty
Lunch
students
Grilled
Cheese
3. How many fewer students chose grilled
cheese than chose hot dog?
Ways to Get to School
fewer students
Use the Ways to Get to School bar graph for 4–7.
4. How many more students walk than ride
in a car to get to school?
_
more students
5. How many students walk and ride a bike
combined?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
_
students
6. Is the number of students who get to
school by car and bus greater than
or less than the number of students
who get to school by walking and
biking? Explain.
Number of Students
_
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Car
Bus
Walk
Bike
Transportation
7. What if 5 more students respond
that they get to school by biking?
Would more students walk or ride a
bike to school? Explain.
Chapter 2
P41
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.3)
1. How many fewer votes were for
Community Project
bench repair than for food drive?
B
10
C
11
D
16
Food Drive
2. How many votes were there in all?
A
4
C
32
B
14
D
34
Spiral Review
Bench
Repair
Park Pick Up
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Number of Votes
(CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
3. Find the difference.
(Lesson 1.10)
4. Greyson has 75 basketball cards.
What is 75 rounded to the nearest
ten? (Lesson 1.2)
650
2 189
A
461
C
539
B
479
D
571
5. Sue spent $18 on a shirt, $39 on
a jacket, and $12 on a hat. How
much did she spend in all? (Lesson 1.5)
P42
Wall Mural
A
$79
C
$57
B
$69
D
$51
A
60
B
70
C
80
D
90
6. There are 219 adults and
174 children at a ballet. How many
people are at the ballet in all?
(Lesson 1.7)
A
45
C
383
B
293
D
393
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
9
Project
A
Lesson 2.7
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.4
Use and Make Line Plots
Represent and interpret data.
Use the data in the table to make a line plot.
1. How many shirts sold for $12?
How Many Shirts Were
Sold at Each Price?
Price
Number Sold
$11
$12
$13
$14
$15
$16
1
4
6
4
0
2
2. At which price were the most
shirts sold?
4 shirts
3. How many shirts in all were sold?
4. How many shirts were sold for $13
or more?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use the line plot above for 5–6.
5. Were more shirts sold for less than $13 or more than $13? Explain.
6. Is there any price for which there are no data? Explain.
Chapter 2 P43
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.4)
1. Pedro made a line plot to show the
heights of the plants in his garden.
How many plants are less than
3 inches tall?
A
4
C
10
B
5
D
16
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
(Lesson 1.7)
642
1 259
383
A
61
B
801
B
151
C
891
C
161
D
901
D
169
cooked for the school fair. What
is 262 rounded to the nearest
hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
(Lesson 1.10)
460
2 309
A
4. There were 262 hamburgers
P44
3. Find the difference.
5. Makenzie has 517 stickers in
her collection. What is 517
rounded to the nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2)
A
200
A
500
B
260
B
510
C
270
C
520
D
300
D
600
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2. Find the sum.
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.3, CC.3.MD.4,
ALSO CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.OA.8
Name
Chapter 2 Extra Practice
Lesson 2.1
Use the Pets tables for 1–2.
1. Manny collected data about pets
owned by students in his class.
Complete Manny’s tally table and
frequency table.
Pets
Pets
Tally
Cat
4
Dog
2
Bird
1
Fish
1
2. How many more students have
cats than have dogs and birds
combined?
Lessons 2.2–2.3
Use the Seashells picture graph for 1–3.
1. Maggie has a picture graph that
shows the seashells she collected.
How many seashells did Maggie
collect in all?
Seashells
Cockle
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Conch
2. How many more cockle shells did
Lightning
Whelk
she collect than lightning whelks?
Key: Each
= 10 shells.
5
5 shells?” How many pictures would
there be for conch?
3. What if the key were “Each
Chapter 2
P45
Lessons 2.4–2.6
Use the Bicycle Rides frequency table for 1–3.
Bicycle Rides
Bicycle Rides
14
Monday
4
12
Wednesday
9
Saturday
12
Number of Miles
Number of Miles
Day
10
8
6
4
2
0
1. The frequency table shows the
Monday
Wednesday
Day
number of miles Sean rode on his
bicycle. Use the data in the frequency
table to complete the bar graph.
2. How many more miles did Sean ride
Saturday
3. Write a number sentence to show
on Saturday than on Monday?
how many miles in all Sean rode on
his bicycle.
Lesson 2.7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
1. Kim is making bead necklaces.
She records the number of beads
on the different necklaces on a line
plot. How many necklaces have
exactly 50 beads?
2. How many necklaces have fewer
than 40 beads?
P46
7
7
3. How many necklaces have 50 or
more beads?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use the Number of Beads line plot for 1–3.
3
array A set of objects in rows and
columns
equal groups Groups that have
the same number of objects
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will be
learning about multiplication. We will learn how
addition is related to multiplication and how to
multiply with the factors 0 and 1.
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with multiplication.
factor A number that is multiplied
by another number to find a
product
multiply When you multiply, you
combine equal groups to find how
many in all.
product The answer in a
multiplication problem
Here is a sample of how your child will be shown the
relationship between addition and multiplication.
Relate Addition and Multiplication
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
This is how we will add or multiply to solve problems
about equal groups.
Add.
Multiply.
STEP 1
STEP 1
Draw 2 counters in each
rectangle to show 4 equal
groups.
Draw 2 counters in each
rectangle to show 4 equal
groups.
STEP 2
STEP 2
Write an addition sentence
to find how many counters
in all.
212121258
Write a multiplication
sentence to find how many
counters in all.
43258
Skip Counting
Skip counting is another
way to count equal
groups to find how many
in all. For example, there
are 4 groups with 2
counters in each group,
so skip counting by 2s
can be used: 2, 4, 6, 8.
There are 8 counters
in all.
Activity
Help your child arrange 3 equal groups of like objects
(no more than 10 objects in each group). Then have him
or her write an addition sentence and a multiplication
sentence to find how many objects in all.
Chapter 3
P47
3
Querída Familia,
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de
matemáticas aprenderemos sobre la multiplicación.
Aprenderemos cómo la suma se relaciona con la
multiplicación y a multiplicar por los factores 0 y 1.
Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para practicar la
multiplicación.
arreglo Un grupo de objetos
organizados en filas y columnas
grupos iguales Grupos que tienen
la misma cantidad de objetos
factor Un número que se multiplica
por otro número para hallar el
producto
multiplicar Cuando uno multiplica,
combina grupos iguales para hallar
cuántos hay en total.
producto El resultado de una
multiplicación
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como aprenderemos
la relación entre la suma y la multiplicación.
Relacionar la suma y multiplicación
Suma.
Multiplica.
PASO 1
PASO 1
Dibuja 2 fichas en cada
rectángulo para mostrar
4 grupos iguales.
Dibuja 2 fichas en cada
rectángulo para mostrar
4 grupos iguales.
PASO 2
PASO 2
Escribe un enunciado de suma
para hallar cuántas fichas hay
en total.
212121258
Escribe un enunciado de
multiplicación para hallar
cuántas fichas hay en total.
43258
Actividad
Ayude a su hijo a formar 3 grupos iguales de objetos
parecidos (no más de 10 objetos en cada grupo). Después,
pídale que escriba un enunciado de suma y uno de
multiplicación para hallar cuántos objetos hay en total.
P48
Contar salteado
Contar salteado es otra
manera de contar grupos
iguales para hallar cuánto
hay en total. Por ejemplo,
hay 4 grupos con 2 fichas
cada uno, por lo tanto
puedes contar salteado
de 2 en 2: 2, 4, 6, 8. Hay 8
fichas en total.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Así es como vamos a sumar o multiplicar para resolver
problemas de grupos iguales.
Lesson 3.1
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.1
Count Equal Groups
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Draw equal groups. Skip count to find how many.
1. 2 groups of 2
4
3. 5 groups of 3
2. 3 groups of 6
4. 4 groups of 5
Count equal groups to find how many.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5.
6.
groups of
groups of
in all
in all
7. Marcia puts 2 slices of cheese
on each sandwich. She makes
4 cheese sandwiches. How many
slices of cheese does Marcia use
in all?
8. Tomas works in a cafeteria kitchen.
He puts 3 cherry tomatoes on each
of 5 salads. How many tomatoes
does he use?
Chapter 3
P49
(CC.3.OA.1)
1. Jen makes 3 bracelets. Each
bracelet has 3 beads. How many
beads does Jen use?
needs 2 stamps. How many stamps
does Ian need?
A
12
C
6
A
2
C
10
B
9
D
3
B
5
D
15
Spiral Review
(CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
3. There were 384 people at a play
on Friday night. There were
512 people at the play on Saturday
night. Which is the best estimate
of the total number of people who
attended the play on both nights?
(Lesson 1.3)
A
B
900
C
700
800
D
500
5. The Lakeside Tour bus traveled
490 miles on Saturday and
225 miles on Sunday. About how
many more miles did it travel on
Saturday? (Lesson 1.8)
P50
2. Ian has 5 cards to mail. Each card
4. Walking the Dog Pet Store has
438 leashes in stock. They sell
79 leashes during a one-day sale.
How many leashes are left in stock
after the sale? (Lesson 1.10)
A
459
C
369
B
441
D
359
6. During one week at Jackson
School, 210 students buy milk and
196 students buy juice. How many
drinks are sold that week? (Lesson 1.7)
A
500 miles
C
300 miles
A
496
C
396
B
400 miles
D
100 miles
B
406
D
306
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
ALGEBRA
Lesson 3.2
Name
Relate Addition and Multiplication
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.1
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Draw a quick picture to show the equal groups. Then
write related addition and multiplication sentences.
1. 3 groups of 5
5 1 ___
5 1 ___
5 5 ____
15
___
3 3 ___
5 5 ____
15
___
2. 3 groups of 4
___ 1 ___ 1 ___ 5 ___
___ 3 ___ 5 ___
3. 4 groups of 3
___ 1 ___ 1 ___ 1 ___ 5 ___
___ 3 ___ 5 ___
4. 5 groups of 2
___ 1 ___ 1 ___ 1___ 1___ 5 ___
___ 3 ___ 5 ___
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Complete. Write a multiplication sentence.
5. 7 1 7 1 7 5 ___
6. 3 1 3 1 3 5 ___
___ 3 ___ 5 ___
___ 3 ___ 5 ___
7. There are 6 jars of pickles in a box.
8. Each day, Jani rides her bike
5 miles. How many miles does
Jani ride in all in 4 days? Write
Ed has 3 boxes of pickles. How
many jars of pickles does he have in
all? Write a multiplication sentence
to find the answer.
a multiplication sentence to find
the answer.
___ 3 ___ 5 ___ jars
___ 3 ___ 5 ___ miles
Chapter 3
P51
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.1)
1. Which is another way to show
2. Use the model. How many
counters are there in all?
3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3?
A
533
B
433
C
833
D
633
A
8
C
12
D
10
D
14
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.4)
3. A school gave 884 pencils to
4. Find the difference.
students on the first day of school.
What is 884 rounded to the nearest
hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
632
274
A
800
C
890
A
906
C
358
B
880
D
900
B
442
D
354
6. Darrien read 97 pages last week.
5. The line plot below shows how
(,
(-
(.
(/
(0
)'
Points Scored
In how many games did Trevor
score at least 18 points?
A
3
C
6
B
5
D
10
A
13
B
171
C
181
D
271
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Evan read 84 pages last week.
How many pages in all did the boys
read? (Lesson 1.7)
many points Trevor scored in
20 games. (Lesson 2.7)
P52
2
(Lesson 1.10)
Lesson 3.3
Name
Skip Count on a Number Line
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.3
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Draw jumps on the number line to show
equal groups. Find the product.
1. 6 groups of 3
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 (' (( () (* (+ (, (- (. (/ (0 )' )( )) )* )+ ),
18
6335
2. 3 groups of 5
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 (' (( () (* (+ (, (- (. (/ (0 )' )( )) )* )+ ),
3355
Write the multiplication sentence the number line shows.
3. 2 groups of 6
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 (' (( () (* (+ (, (- (. (/ (0 )' )( )) )* )+ ),
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3
5
4. Allie is baking muffins for students
in her class. There are 6 muffins in
each baking tray. She bakes 5 trays
of muffins. How many muffins is she
baking in all?
5. A snack package has 4 cheese
sticks. How many cheese sticks are
in 4 packages?
Chapter 3
P53
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.3)
1. Louise skip counts by 4 on a
number line to find 5 3 4. How
many jumps should she draw on
the number line?
2. Theo needs 4 boards that are each
3 feet long to make bookshelves.
How many feet of boards does he
need altogether?
A
3
A
12 feet
B
4
B
7 feet
C
5
C
4 feet
D
9
D
3 feet
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Estimate the sum.
(Lesson 1.3)
518
1
251
_
frequency table to show ||||
|||
?
(Lesson 2.1)
A
5
A
200
C
800
B
700
D
900
6
B
C
7
D
8
an order for 346 pairs of shoes.
What is 346 rounded to the nearest
hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
6. Toby is making a picture graph.
Each picture of a book is equal to
2 books he has read. The row for
Month 1 has 3 pictures of books.
How many books did Toby read
during Month 1? (Lesson 2.2)
A
400
A
2
B
350
B
3
C
340
C
6
D
300
D
8
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. A manager at a shoe store received
P54
4. Which number would you put in a
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃ E:;BÃ KBJ?FB?97J?ED
Draw a diagram to solve each problem.
à Lesson 3.4
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.8
Solve problems involving the four operations, and
identify and explain patterns in arithmetic.
1. Robert put some toy blocks into 3 rows.
There are 5 blocks in each row. How
many blocks are there in all?
15 blocks
_____
2. Mr. Fernandez is putting tiles on his
kitchen floor. There are 2 rows with
9 tiles in each row. How many tiles are
there in all?
_____
3. In Jillian’s garden, there are 3 rows of carrots,
2 rows of string beans, and 1 row of peas.
There are 8 plants in each row. How many
plants are there in all?
_____
4. In Sorhab’s classroom, there are 3 rows
with 7 desks in each row. How many
desks are there in all?
_____
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Maya visits the movie rental store. On one
wall, there are 6 DVDs on each of 5 shelves.
On another wall, there are 4 DVDs on each of
4 shelves. How many DVDs are there in all?
_____
6. The media center at Josh’s school has a
computer area. The first 4 rows have
6 computers each. The fifth row has 4 computers.
How many computers are there in all?
_____
Chapter 3
P55
TEST
TEST
PREP
PREP
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.OA.8)
1. There are 5 shelves of video games
in a video store. There are 6 video
games on each shelf. How many
video games are there in all?
2. Ken watches a marching band. He
sees 2 rows of flute players. Six
people are in each row. He sees 8
trombone players. How many flute
or trombone players does Ken see?
A
35
A
2
B
30
B
6
C
20
C
16
D
11
D
20
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)
4. Estimate the sum.
(Lesson 1.7)
A
720
C
820
B
810
D
910
5. Francine uses 167 silver balloons
and 182 gold balloons for her store
party. How many silver and gold
balloons in all does Francine use?
(Lesson 1.7)
P56
1
(Lesson 1.3)
622
84
A
500
C
700
B
600
D
800
6. Yoshi is making a picture graph.
Each picture of a soccer ball stands
for two goals he scored for his
team. The row for January has
9 soccer balls. How many goals did
Yoshi score during January? (Lesson 2.2)
A
15
A
18
B
345
B
16
C
349
C
11
D
359
D
9
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. What is the sum of 438 and 382?
Lesson 3.5
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.3
Model with Arrays
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Write a multiplication sentence for the array.
1.
2.
21
3375_
2355 _
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Draw an array to find the product.
3. 4 3 2 5 _
4. 4 3 4 5 _
5. 3 3 2 5 _
6. 2 3 8 5 _
7. Lenny is moving tables in the school
8. Ms. DiMeo directs the school choir.
cafeteria. He places all the tables in
a 7 3 4 array. How many tables are
in the cafeteria?
She has the singers stand in 3 rows.
There are 8 singers in each row.
How many singers are there in all?
____
____
Chapter 3
P57
(CC.3.OA.3)
1. What multiplication sentence does
this array show?
2. What multiplication sentence does
this array show?
A
23356
C
3 3 4 5 12
A
3 3 9 5 27
C
3 3 7 5 21
B
6 3 3 5 18
D
3 3 5 5 15
B
3 3 8 5 24
D
4 3 5 5 20
Spiral Review
(CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Use the table to find who traveled
700 miles farther than Paul during
summer vacation.
4. Use the bar graph to find what hair
color most students have.
(Lesson 1.6)
Hair Color
Summer Vacations
Distance in Miles
233
380
790
933
853
Black
Blond
Red
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Number of Students
A Andrew
C Susan
A Brown
C Blond
B Bonnie
D Tara
B Black
D Red
5. Spencer ordered 235 cans of
tomatoes to make salsa for the
festival. What is 235 rounded to
the nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2)
P58
Brown
Color
Name
Paul
Andrew
Bonnie
Tara
Susan
(Lesson 2.4)
6. Which bar would be the longest on
a bar graph of the data?
(Lesson 2.5)
Favorite Pizza Topping
Topping
Cheese
Pepperoni
Vegetable
Sausage
Votes
5
4
1
A
200
B
230
C
240
A Cheese
C Vegetable
D
300
B Pepperoni
D Sausage
3
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
ALGEBRA
Lesson 3.6
Name
Commutative Property of Multiplication
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.5
Understand properties of multiplication and the
relationship between multiplication and division.
Write a multiplication sentence for the model. Then
use the Commutative Property of Multiplication to
write a related multiplication sentence.
1.
2.
5
2
3
3
2
5
10
5 10
5
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3.
3
5
3
5
4.
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
5. A garden store sells trays of plants.
Each tray holds 2 rows of 8 plants.
How many plants are in one tray?
____
6. Jeff collects toy cars. They are
displayed in a case that has 4 rows.
There are 6 cars in each row. How
many cars does Jeff have?
____
Chapter 3
P59
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
(CC.3.OA.5)
1. Which is an example of the
Commutative Property of
Multiplication?
2. What factor makes the number
sentence true?
7345O37
A
8345834
B
4325234
A
2
C
2385434
B
4
D
2145234
C
7
D
28
Spiral Review
(CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Ms. Williams drove 149 miles on
Thursday and 159 miles on Friday.
About how many miles did she
drive altogether the two days?
4. Inez has 699 pennies and 198
nickels. Estimate how many more
pennies than nickels she has.
(Lesson 1.8)
(Lesson 1.3)
A about
150 miles
A about
500
B about
200 miles
B about
600
C about
300 miles
C about
700
D about
400 miles
D about
900
floats. That is 34 fewer floats than
last year. How many floats were in
the parade last year? (Lesson 1.7)
P60
6. Jeremy made a tally table to record
how his friends voted for their
favorite pet. His table shows
llll llll ll next to Dog. How many
friends voted for dog? (Lesson 2.1)
A
161
A
6
B
151
B
8
C
103
C
10
D
93
D
12
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. This year, the parade had 127
ALGEBRA
Lesson 3.7
Name
Multiply with 1 and 0
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.5
Understand properties of multiplication and the
relationship between multiplication and division.
Find the product.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
4
1. 1 3 4 5 _
2. 0 3 8 5 _
3. 0 3 4 5 _
4. 1 3 6 5 _
5. 3 3 0 5 _
6. 0 3 9 5 _
7. 8 3 1 5 _
8. 1 3 2 5 _
9. 0 3 6 5 _
10. 4 3 0 5 _
11. 7 3 1 5 _
12. 1 3 5 5 _
13. 3 3 1 5 _
14. 0 3 7 5 _
15. 1 3 9 5 _
16. 5 3 0 5 _
17. 10 3 1 5 _
18. 2 3 0 5 _
19. 5 3 1 5 _
20. 1 3 0 5 _
21. 0 3 0 5 _
22. 1 3 3 5 _
23. 9 3 0 5 _
24. 1 3 1 5 _
25. Peter is in the school play. His
teacher gave 1 copy of the play
to each of 6 students. How many
copies of the play did the teacher
hand out?
______
26. There are 4 egg cartons on the
table. There are 0 eggs in each
carton. How many eggs are there
in all?
______
Chapter 3
P61
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
(CC.3.OA.5)
1. There are 0 bicycles in each bicycle
2. What is the product?
rack. If there are 8 bicycle racks,
how many bicycles are there in all?
1 3 0 5 ___
A
80
C
1
A
0
C
10
B
8
D
0
B
1
D
11
Spiral Review
(CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Mr. Ellis drove 197 miles on
Monday and 168 miles on Tuesday.
How many miles did he drive in all?
4. What multiplication sentence does
the array show?
(Lesson 3.5)
(Lesson 1.6)
A
29 miles
C
365 miles
A
13656
B
255 miles
D
400 miles
B
33256
C
2 3 6 5 12
D
51156
Use the bar graph for 5–6.
5. How many cars were washed on
Friday and Saturday combined?
Cars Washed
55
C
90
B
80
D
120
6. How many more cars were washed
on Saturday than on Sunday?
(Lesson 2.6)
A
95
B 30
P62
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
C 25
D
15
y
da
Fri
S
ay
y
da
r
atu
S
d
un
Day
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A
Number of Cars
(Lesson 2.6)
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5,
CC.3.OA.8
Name
Chapter 3 Extra Practice
Lesson 3.1
Draw equal groups. Skip count to find how many.
1. 2 groups of 4
2. 4 groups of 3
Lesson 3.2
Draw a quick picture to show the equal groups. Then
write related addition and multiplication sentences.
1. 2 groups of 5
2. 3 groups of 2
1
5
1
1
3
5
3
5
5
Lesson 3.3
1. Draw jumps on the number line to show 3 groups of 6.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the product.
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 (' (( () (* (+ (, (- (. (/ (0 )' )( )) )* )+ ),
3365
2. Write the multiplication sentence the number line shows.
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 (' (( () (* (+ (, (- (. (/ (0 )' )( )) )* )+ ),
3
5
Chapter 3
P63
Lesson 3.4
1. Destiny placed her hair ribbons in
3 groups of 5 on her dresser. How
many hair ribbons in all does Destiny
have? Draw a diagram to solve.
Lesson 3.5
Draw an array to find the product.
1. 2 3 7 5 _____
2. 2 3 6 5 _____
Lesson 3.6
Write a multiplication sentence for the model. Then
use the Commutative Property of Multiplication to
write a related multiplication sentence.
2.
_3_5_
_3_5_
_3_5_
_3_5_
Lesson 3.7
Find the product.
1. 6 3 0 5 _____
2. 5 3 1 5 _____
3. 0 3 9 5 _____
4. 1 3 8 5 _____
5. 1 3 4 5 _____
6. 9 3 1 5 _____
7. 1 3 0 5 _____
8. 7 3 0 5 _____
P64
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
1.
4
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will be
learning how to multiply with the factors 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10.
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with multiplication facts and
strategies.
Associative Property of
Multiplication The property that
states that when the grouping of
factors is changed, the product
remains the same.
Distributive Property The
property that states that
multiplying a sum by a number
is the same as multiplying each
addend by the number and then
adding the products.
multiple A number that is the
product of two counting numbers
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught
to multiply with 3 as a factor.
Multiply with 3
This is one way we will be multiplying with 3 to solve
problems.
Teddy made a face on 1 cookie, using 3 raisins. How many
raisins will he need for 4 cookies?
Drawing a picture is a way to solve this problem.
Another Way to Solve
Multiplication Problems
Making an array is
another way to solve
the problem. Use tiles to
make an array of 4 rows
with 3 tiles in each row.
3,
6,
9,
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Skip count by 3s to find the number of raisins in all.
3, 6, 9, 12
4 groups of 3 is 12.
4 3 3 5 12
12
Count all the tiles.
4 groups of 3 is 12.
4 3 3 5 12
So, he will need 12 raisins for 4 cookies.
Activity
Have your child draw more groups of 3 for 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 cookies.
Then have your child answer questions such as “How many raisins
would be on 8 cookies? What do you multiply to find out?”
Chapter 4
P65
4
Propiedad asociativa de la
multiplicación La propiedad que
establece que cuando se cambia
la agrupación de los factores, el
producto no cambia
Querida familia,
Propiedad distributiva La propiedad
que establece que multiplicar una
suma por un número es lo mismo
que multiplicar cada sumando por
ese número y luego sumar los
productos
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase
de matemáticas aprenderemos cómo multiplicar
con los factores 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 y 10.
Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para practicar
las operaciones de multiplicación y sus estrategias.
múltiplo Un número que es el
producto de dos números naturales
distintos de cero
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como
aprenderemos a multiplicar por el factor 3.
Multiplicar por 3
Esta es una manera de multiplicar por 3 para resolver
problemas.
Teddy hizo una cara en 1 galleta, con 3 pasas.
¿Cuántas pasas necesitará para hacer caras en 4 galletas?
6,
9,
Otra manera de resolver
problemas de multiplicación
Hacer una matriz es otra
manera de resolver el
problema. Usa fichas para
hacer una matriz de 4 filas
con 3 fichas en cada fila.
Una manera de resolver el problema es hacer un dibujo.
3,
12
3, 6, 9, 12
4 grupos de 3 son 12.
4 3 3 5 12
Por tanto, Teddy necesitará 12 pasas para 4 galletas.
Cuenta todas las fichas.
4 grupos de 3 son 12.
4 3 3 5 12
Actividad
Pida a su hijo o hija que dibuje más grupos de 3 para 5, 6, 7, 8 y 9 galletas.
Después, pídale que conteste preguntas como “¿Cuántas pasas se necesitan
para hacer 8 galletas? ¿Qué factores debes multiplicar para hallar la respuesta?”.
P66
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Cuenta salteado de 3 en 3 para hallar el número total de pasas.
Lesson 4.1
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.3
Multiply with 2 and 4
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Write a multiplication sentence for the model.
1.
2.
Think: There are 2 groups of
5 counters.
2
_
5 5_
10
3_
_
3_5_
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the product.
3.
2
3
6
_
4.
4
3
8
_
5.
2
3
3
_
6.
4
3
6
_
7.
4
3
4
_
8.
2
3
7
_
9.
4
3
5
_
10.
2
3
4
_
11. On Monday, Steven read 9 pages
12. Courtney’s school is having a
of his new book. To finish the first
chapter on Tuesday, he needs to
read double the number of pages he
read on Monday. How many pages
does he need to read on Tuesday?
family game night. Each table has
4 players. There are 7 tables in all.
How many players are at the game
night?
_______
_______
Chapter 4
P67
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.3)
1. Which multiplication sentence
matches the model?
2. Find the product.
2
3
8
_
A
10
B
14
A
33256
C
4 3 4 5 16
C
16
B
43258
D
4 3 8 5 32
D
18
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Sean made a picture graph to
show his friends’ favorite colors.
This is the key for the graph.
Each
5 2 friends.
How many friends does
stand for? (Lesson 2.3)
some walking trails.
Walking Trails
Name
Length (in feet)
Mountain Trail
Lake Trail
Harmony Trail
844
792
528
A
4
B
8
C
20
A
216 feet
C
316 feet
D
40
B
264 feet
D
528 feet
527
1
154
__
A
373
B
581
C
671
D
681
How many feet longer is Mountain
Trail than Harmony Trail? (Lesson 1.10)
(Lesson 1.7)
6. A bar graph shows that sports
books received 9 votes. If the
scale is 0 to 20 by twos, where
should the bar end for the sports
books? (Lesson 2.5)
A between
B on
10
C on
8
D between
8 and 10
6 and 8
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Find the sum.
P68
4. The table shows the lengths of
Lesson 4.2
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.3
Multiply with 5 and 10
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Find the product.
35
1. 5 3 7 5 ______
2. 5 3 1 5 ______
3. 2 3 10 5
4. ______ 5 8 3 5
5. 1 3 10 5______
6. ______ 5 4 3 5
7. 5 3 10 5 _____
8. 7 3 5 5 ______
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
9. ______ 5 5 3 5 10. 5 3 8 5 ______ 11. ______ 5 5 3 9 12. 10 3 0 5 ______
13.
5
3
6
_
14.
10
3
7
_
15.
5
3
3
_
16.
10
3
4
_
17.
5
3
0
_
18.
10
3
8
_
19.
5
3
2
_
20.
10
3
6
_
21. Ginger takes 10 nickels to buy some
pencils at the school store. How
many cents does Ginger have to
spend?
22. The gym at Evergreen School has
three basketball courts. There are
5 players on each of the courts.
How many players are there in all?
Chapter 4
P69
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.3)
1. Mrs. Hinely grows roses.
There are 6 roses on each of
her 10 rose bushes. How many
roses in all are on Mrs. Hinely’s
rose bushes?
2. Find the product.
5
3
8
_
A
16
C
60
A
8
C
35
B
54
D
66
B
16
D
40
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Mr. Miller’s class voted on where to
4. Zack made this table for his survey.
go for a field trip. Use the picture
graph to find which choice had the
most votes. (Lesson 2.2)
Favorite Juice
Flavor
Grape
Orange
Berry
Apple
Field Trip Choices
Science Center
Aquarium
Museum
Key: Each
= 2 votes.
A Science Center
C Zoo
B Aquarium
D Museum
5. Which of the following numbers is
even? (Lesson 1.1)
25, 28, 31, 37
A
38
B
43
C
47
D
49
6. Estimate the sum.
(Lesson 1.3)
479
1
89
__
A
25
C
31
A
300
C
500
B
28
D
37
B
400
D
600
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
How many students were surveyed
in all? (Lesson 2.6)
Zoo
P70
Votes
16
10
9
12
Lesson 4.3
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.3
Multiply with 3 and 6
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Find the product.
24
1. 6 3 4 5 _
2. 3 3 7 5 _
3. _ 5 2 3 6
4. _ 5 3 3 5
6. _ 5 6 3 8
7. 3 3 9 5 _
8. _ 5 6 3 6
Think: You can use
doubles.
3 3 4 5 12
12 1 12 5 24
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. 1 3 3 5 _
9.
4
3 3
_
10.
6
3 5
_
11.
2
3 3
_
12.
6
3 3
_
13.
10
3 6
_
14.
3
3 6
_
15.
7
3 6
_
16.
3
3 0
_
17.
9
3 6
_
18.
3
3 3
_
19.
10
3 3
_
20.
1
3 6
_
21. James got 3 hits in each of his
22. Mrs. Burns is buying muffins. There
baseball games. He has played
4 baseball games. How many hits
has he had in all?
are 6 muffins in each box. If she
buys 5 boxes, how many muffins will
she buy?
_______
_______
Chapter 4
P71
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.3)
1. Paco buys a carton of eggs. The
carton has 2 rows of eggs. There
are 6 eggs in each row. How many
eggs are in the carton?
2. Find the product.
9
3 3
_
A
8
C
14
A
18
C
27
B
12
D
24
B
24
D
36
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Find the difference.
(Lesson 1.10)
568
2 283
__
4. Dwight made double the number
of baskets in the second half of
the basketball game than in the
first half. He made 5 baskets in the
first half. How many baskets did he
make in the second half? (Lesson 4.1)
A
285
C
385
A
7
C
10
B
325
D
851
B
9
D
20
symbol
represents two
students. One row in the picture
graph has 8 symbols. How many
students does that represent?
6. What multiplication sentence does
this array show? (Lesson 3.5)
(Lesson 2.3)
P72
A
40
A
5 3 6 5 30
B
32
B
6 3 6 5 36
C
24
C
5 3 5 5 25
D
16
D
1365 6
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. In Jane’s picture graph, the
ALGEBRA
Lesson 4.4
Name
Distributive Property
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.5
Understand properties of multiplication and the
relationship between multiplication and division.
Write one way to break apart the array.
Then find the product.
1.
2.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
(3 3 7) 1 (3 3 7)
42
3.
4.
5. There are 2 rows of 8 chairs set up
6. A marching band has 4 rows of
in the library for a puppet show. How
many chairs are there in all? Use the
Distributive Property to solve.
trumpeters with 10 trumpeters in
each row. How many trumpeters
are in the marching band? Use the
Distributive Property to solve.
Chapter 4
P73
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.5)
1. Which number sentence is an
example of the Distributive
Property?
A
7365637
B
7 3 (2 3 3) 5 (7 3 2) 3 3
C
7 3 6 5 (7 3 3) 1 (7 3 3)
D
716571313
2. What is one way to break apart
the array?
A (2 3 6) 1 (2 3 6)
B (4 3 2) 1 (4 3 2)
C (4 3 4) 1 (4 3 4)
D (6 3 3) 1 (6 3 3)
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)
3. The school auditorium has
448 chairs set out for the thirdgrade performance. What is
448 rounded to the nearest ten?
4. Find the difference.
(Lesson 1.11)
400
2
296
__
(Lesson 1.2)
A
500
C
450
A
104
C
204
B
440
D
400
B
114
D
296
622
1
186
__
P74
(Lesson 2.4)
Sports Students Play
Football
Baseball
Basketball
Soccer
A
436
B
708
C
768
A Football
C Basketball
D
808
B Baseball
D Soccer
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Number of Students
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
crate and 186 in another crate.
How many fruit snacks are there
in all? (Lesson 1.7)
6. Which sport do 6 students play?
Sport
5. There are 622 fruit snacks in one
Lesson 4.5
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.7
Multiply with 7
Multiply and divide within 100.
Find the product.
1. 6 3 7 5 _
42
2. _ 5 7 3 9
3. _ 5 1 3 7
4. 3 3 7 5 _
5. 7 3 7 = _
6. _ 5 2 3 7
7. 7 3 8 5 _
8. _ 5 4 3 7
7
3
5
_
10.
7
3
1
_
11.
6
3
7
_
12.
7
3
4
_
13.
2
3
7
_
14. 10
15.
3
3
7
_
16.
7
3
9
_
17.
8
3
7
_
18.
7
3
0
_
9.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3
7
_
19. Julie buys a pair of earrings for $7.
Now she would like to buy the same
earrings for 2 of her friends. How
much will she spend for all 3 pairs
of earrings?
_______
20. Owen and his family will go camping
in 8 weeks. There are 7 days in
1 week. How many days are in
8 weeks?
_______
Chapter 4
P75
(CC.3.OA.7)
1. Find the product.
7
3
8
_
2. What product does the array show?
A
54
A
14
B
56
B
17
C
64
C
21
D
66
D
24
Spiral Review
(CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Which statement is true about the
numbers below? (Lesson 1.1)
4. How many more people chose
retriever than poodle? (Lesson 2.1)
6, 12, 18, 24, 30
A All of the numbers are odd.
B Some of the numbers are odd.
C All of the numbers are even.
D Some of the numbers are even.
5. What is 94 rounded to the
nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2)
Favorite Breed of Dog
Dog
Number
Shepherd
Retriever
Poodle
58
65
26
A
31
C
41
B
39
D
49
6. Jack has 5 craft sticks. He needs
4 times that number for a project.
How many craft sticks does Jack
need altogether? (Lesson 4.2)
P76
A
90
A
9
B
94
B
16
C
95
C
20
D
100
D
24
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
ALGEBRA
Name
Associative Property of Multiplication
Lesson 4.6
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.5
Understand properties of multiplication and the
relationship between multiplication and division.
Write another way to group the factors.
Then find the product.
1. (3 3 2) 3 5
2. (4 3 3) 3 2
3 3 (2 3 5)
30
____
____
4. 9 3 (2 3 1)
3. 2 3 (2 3 8)
____
____
____
____
5. 2 3 (3 3 6)
6. (4 3 2) 3 5
____
____
____
____
____
____
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use parentheses and multiplication properties.
Then, find the product.
7. 9 3 1 3 5 5 _
8. 3 3 3 3 2 5 _
9. 2 3 4 3 3 5 _
10. 5 3 2 3 3 5 _
11. 7 3 1 3 5 5 _
12. 8 3 2 3 3 5 _
13. 7 3 2 3 3 5 _
14. 4 3 1 3 3 5 _
15. 10 3 2 3 4 5 _
16. Beth and Maria are going to the
county fair. Admission costs $4 per
person for each day. They plan to go
for 3 days. How much will the girls
pay in all?
_______
17. Randy’s garden has 3 rows of
carrots with 3 plants in each row.
Next year he plans to plant 4 times
the number of rows of 3 plants. How
many plants will he have next year?
_______
Chapter 4
P77
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.5)
1. There are 2 benches in each car
2. Crystal has 2 CDs in each box.
She has 3 boxes on each of her
6 shelves. How many CDs does
Crystal have in all?
of a train ride. Two people ride on
each bench. If a train has 5 cars,
how many people in all can be on
a train?
A
4
A
6
B
9
B
12
C
10
C
18
D
20
D
36
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT2, CC.MD.3)
(Lesson 1.7)
472
1
186
__
4. Trevor made a picture graph to
show how many minutes each
student biked last week. This is
his key.
Each
A
658
What does
B
648
A
2 minutes
C
20 minutes
C
558
B
10 minutes
D
25 minutes
D
286
5. Madison has 142 stickers in her
collection. What is 142 rounded to
the nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2)
P78
5 10 minutes.
stand for? (Lesson 2.2)
6. There are 5 pages of photos.
Each page has 6 photos. How many
photos are there in all? (Lesson 4.2)
A
40
A
12
B
140
B
20
C
150
C
24
D
200
D
30
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Find the sum.
ALGEBRA
Lesson 4.7
Name
Patterns on the Multiplication Table
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.9
Solve problems involving the four operations, and
identify and explain patterns in arithmetic.
Is the product even or odd? Write even or odd.
even
1. 2 3 7 5 ______
Think: Products
with 2 as a factor
are even.
2. 4 3 6 5 ______
3. 8 3 3 5 ______
4. 2 3 3 5 ______
5. 9 3 9 5 ______
6. 5 3 7 5 ______
7. 6 3 3 5 ______
Use the multiplication table. Describe a pattern you see.
8. in the column for 5
9. in the row for 10
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
10. in the rows for 3 and 6
11. Carl shades a row in the
multiplication table. The products in
the row are all even. The ones digits
in the products repeat 0, 4, 8, 2, 6.
What row does Carl shade?
'
(
)
*
+
,
-
.
/
0 ('
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
(
'
(
)
*
+
,
-
.
/
0 ('
)
'
)
+
-
/ (' () (+ (- (/ )'
*
'
*
-
0 () (, (/ )( )+ ). *'
+
'
+
/ () (- )' )+ )/ *) *- +'
,
'
, (' (, )' ), *' *, +' +, ,'
-
'
- () (/ )+ *' *- +) +/ ,+ -'
.
'
. (+ )( )/ *, +) +0 ,- -* .'
/
'
/ (- )+ *) +' +/ ,- -+ .) /'
0
'
0 (/ ). *- +, ,+ -* .) /( 0'
('
' (' )' *' +' ,' -' .' /' 0' (''
'
12. Jenna says that no row or column
contains products with only odd
numbers. Do you agree? Explain.
Chapter 4
P79
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.9)
1. Which has an even product?
2. Which describes this pattern?
10, 15, 20, 25, 30
A
139
A Even and then odd
B
333
B Add
C
537
C Subtract
D
439
D Multiply by
10.
5.
5.
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Lexi has 2 cans of tennis balls.
There are 3 tennis balls in each
can. She buys 2 more cans. How
many tennis balls does she now
have in all? (Lesson 4.6)
Color of Eyes
Blue
A
12
Green
B
9
Brown
C
7
D
6
Key: Each
= 4 students.
each box has 6 pencils, how many
pencils did Sasha buy in all?
(Lesson 4.3)
A
4
C
12
B
8
D
16
6. Find the sum.
(Lesson 1.7)
219
1
763
__
A
9
C
18
A
992
C
976
B
12
D
24
B
982
D
972
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
How many students have green
eyes? (Lesson 2.2)
5. Sasha bought 3 boxes of pencils. If
P80
4. Use the picture graph.
Lesson 4.8
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.7
Multiply with 8
Multiply and divide within 100.
Find the product.
1. 8 3 10 5 _
80
2. 8 3 8 5 _
3. 8 3 5 5 _
4. 3 3 8 5 _
5. _ 5 4 3 8
6. 8 3 7 5 _
7. 6 3 8 5 _
8. _ 5 9 3 8
9.
8
3 2
_
10.
6
3
8
_
11.
8
3
7
_
12.
0
3
8
_
13.
8
3
5
_
14.
8
3 8
_
15.
9
3
8
_
16.
8
3
3
_
17.
8
3
1
_
18.
4
3
8
_
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
19. There are 6 teams in the basketball
league. Each team has 8 players.
How many players are there in all?
_______
21. Tomas is packing 7 baskets for a
fair. He is placing 8 apples in each
basket. How many apples are there
in all?
_______
20. Lynn has 4 stacks of quarters. There
are 8 quarters in each stack. How
many quarters does Lynn have in all?
_______
22. There are 10 pencils in each box.
If Jenna buys 8 boxes, how many
pencils will she buy?
_______
Chapter 4
P81
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.7)
2. There are 7 tarantulas in the spider
1. Find the product.
exhibit at the zoo. Each tarantula
has 8 legs. How many legs do the
7 tarantulas have in all?
5385
A
30
B
32
C
42
A
15
C
56
D
40
B
49
D
63
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NB.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)
(Lesson1.9)
652
2 99
__
of 232 new books. What is 232
rounded to the nearest ten? (Lesson 1.8)
A
99
A
200
B
552
B
230
C
553
C
240
D
653
D
300
5. Sam’s picture graph shows that
8 students chose pizza as their
favorite lunch. This is the key for
the graph.
Each 5 2 students.
How many should be next to
pizza on Sam’s graph? (Lesson 2.2)
P82
4. The school library received an order
A
2
B
4
C
6
D
8
6. Tashia buys 5 packages of oranges.
Each package has 4 oranges. How
many oranges in all does Tashia
buy? (Lesson 4.2)
A
1
B
9
C
20
D
25
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Find the difference.
Lesson 4.9
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.7
Multiply with 9
Multiply and divide within 100.
Find the product.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
90
1. 10 3 9 5 _
2. 2 3 9 5 _
3. 9 3 4 5 _
4. 0 3 9 5 _
5. 1 3 9 5 _
6. 8 3 9 5 _
7. 9 3 5 5 _
8. 6 3 9 5 _
9.
9
3 4
_
10.
5
3
9
_
11.
9
3
7
_
12.
2
3
9
_
13.
9
3
9
_
14.
10
3 9
_
15.
3
3
9
_
16.
9
3
8
_
17.
6
3
9
_
18.
9
3
1
_
19. There are 9 positions on the softball
20. Carlos bought a book for $9. Now
team. Three people are trying out for
each position. How many people in
all are trying out?
he would like to buy 4 other books
for the same price. How much will
he have to pay in all for the other
4 books?
_______
_______
Chapter 4
P83
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.7)
2. Clare buys 5 tickets for the high
1. Find the product.
school musical. Each ticket costs
$9. How much do the tickets cost
in all?
7395
A
63
B
56
C
45
A
$36
C
$45
D
36
B
$40
D
$52
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.MD.3)
girls in Kim’s class. How many girls
have brown hair? (Lesson 2.1)
Kim’s Class
Hair Color
Number of Girls
the dry cleaners. It costs $4 to
clean each shirt. How much did
Miles spend to have all the shirts
cleaned? (Lesson 4.1)
A
$13
B
$22
Blonde
C
$36
Red
D
$45
Brown
Black
A
1
C
4
B
3
D
6
5. In a picture graph, each picture of
a baseball is equal to 5 games won
by a team. The row for the Falcons
has 7 baseballs. How many games
have the Falcons won? (Lesson 2.2)
P84
4. Miles picked up 9 shirts from
6. An array has 8 rows with 4 circles
in each row. How many circles are
in the array? (Lesson 4.8)
A
40
C
12
A
12
C
32
B
35
D
7
B
24
D
36
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. The table shows the hair color of
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 4.10
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃ KBJ?FB?97J?ED
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.8
Solve problems involving the four operations, and
identify and explain patterns in arithmetic.
Solve.
1. Henry has a new album for his
Pages with
6 Cards
Pages with
3 Cards
baseball cards. He uses pages that
hold 6 cards and pages that hold
3 cards. If Henry has 36 cards,
how many different ways can he
put them in his album?
Total Cards
1
2
3
4
5
10
8
6
4 2
36
36
36
36 36
Henry can put the cards in his
5 ways.
album _
2. Ms. Hernandez has 17 tomato
plants that she wants to plant
in rows. She will put 2 plants in
some rows and 1 plant in the
others. How many different
ways can she plant the tomato
plants? Make a table to solve.
Rows with
2 Plants
Rows with
1 Plant
Total Plants
Ms. Hernandez can plant the
tomato plants _ ways.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Bianca has a total of 25¢. She has
some nickels and pennies. How many
different combinations of nickels and
pennies could Bianca have? Make a
table to solve.
Bianca could have _ combinations
of 25¢.
Number of
Nickels
Number of
Pennies
Total Value
Chapter 4
P85
TEST
PREP
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.OA.8)
1. The table shows different ways that
Cameron can display his 12 model
cars on shelves. How many shelves
will display 2 cars if 8 of the shelves
each display 1 car?
A
1
C
3
B
2
D
4
Shelves with 1 Car
2
4
6
8
10
Shelves with 2 Cars
5
4
3
8
8
Total cars
12 12 12 12 12
F?H7BÃReview (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)
3. The school cafeteria has an order
(Lesson 1.6)
for 238 hot lunches. What is 238
rounded to the nearest ten?
317
1
151
__
(Lesson 1.2)
A
166
C
468
A
300
C
230
B
268
D
568
B
240
D
200
4. Tyler made a picture graph to show
students’ favorite colors. This is the
key for his graph.
Each
5 3 votes.
If 12 students voted for green, how
many
should there be in the
green row of the graph? (Lesson 2.2)
P86
5. There are 5 bikes in each bike rack
at the school. There are 6 bike
racks. How many bikes in all are in
the bike racks? (Lesson 4.2)
A
11
B
24
A
3
C
9
C
25
B
4
D
12
D
30
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2. Find the sum.
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5,
CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.OA.9
Name
Chapter 4 Extra Practice
Lessons 4.1–4.2
Find the product.
1. 4 3 2 5 _____
5.
6
3
10
_
2. 8 3 5 5 _____
6.
3. 10 3 7 5
4. 2 3 9 5
5
3
7
_
7.
2
3
10
_
8.
4
3
5
_
3
3
9
_
3.
7
3
3
_
4.
8
3
6
_
Lessons 4.3–4.5
Find the product.
1.
6
3
2
_
2.
Write one way to break apart the array. Then find the product.
5.
________________________________
_________________________________
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the product.
6. 5 3 7 5 _____
7. 2 3 6 5 _____
10. Abby has 5 stacks of cards with
7 cards in each stack. How many
cards does she have in all?
8. 4 3 7 5 _____
9. 8 3 3 5 _____
11. Noah has 3 sisters. He gave
6 balloons to each sister. How many
balloons did Noah give away in all?
Chapter 4
P87
Lesson 4.6
Write another way to group the factors. Then find the product.
1. (3 3 2) 3 4
2. 2 3 (5 3 3)
3. (1 3 4) 3 2
Lesson 4.7
Is the product even or odd?
Write even or odd.
1. 6 3 6 5 ___
2. 2 3 3 5 ___
3. 3 3 9 5 ___
'
(
)
*
+
,
-
.
/
0 ('
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
(
'
(
)
*
+
,
-
.
/
0 ('
)
'
)
+
-
/ (' () (+ (- (/ )'
*
'
*
-
0 () (, (/ )( )+ ). *'
+
'
+
/ () (- )' )+ )/ *) *- +'
,
'
, (' (, )' ), *' *, +' +, ,'
-
'
- () (/ )+ *' *- +) +/ ,+ -'
'
Lessons 4.8–4.9
Find the product.
1. 8 3 2 5 _____
2. 5 3 9 5 _____
3. _____ 5 3 3 9
4. 4 3 8 5 _____
5. _____ 5 9 3 4
6. 6 3 8 5 _____
7. 9 3 7 5 _____
8. _____ 5 8 3 7
1. Leo has a total of 45¢. He has some
dimes and pennies. How many
different combinations of dimes
and pennies could Leo have? Make
a table to solve.
Leo could have _____ combinations
of 45¢.
P88
Number of
Dimes
Number of
Pennies
Total Value
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson 4.10
5
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will be
learning more about multiplication. We will learn
strategies for finding an unknown factor and for
multiplying with multiples of 10.
equation A number sentence
that uses the equal sign to show
that two amounts are equal
factor A number that is multiplied
by another number to find a
product
multiple A number that is the
product of two counting numbers
product The answer to a
multiplication problem
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with strategies for multiplying with
multiples of 10.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught
to use a number line to multiply.
Use a number line to find 3 3 50.
Think: 50 5 5 tens
STEP 1
STEP 2
Draw a number line
and write the labels for
multiples of 10.
Draw jumps on the number line
to show 3 groups of 5 tens.
' (' )' *' +' ,' -' .' /' 0' ('' ((' ()' (*' (+' (,' (-' (.' (/'
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
So, 3 3 50 5 150.
Using Place Value
to Multiply
Using a multiplication
fact and place value is
another way to multiply
by a multiple of 10. To
multiply 6 3 70, use the
basic fact 6 3 7 5 42.
Think: 6 3 7 tens 5 42
tens, or 420.
Activity
Help your child draw and use models to multiply with multiples
of 10. Ask your child to solve problems such as, “There are
6 chocolate chips on one cookie. How do you multiply to find
the number of chocolate chips on 20 cookies?”
Chapter 5
P89
5
ecuación Una expresión numérica
que muestra que dos cantidades son
iguales
factor Un número que se multiplica
por otro número para hallar un
producto
Querida familia,
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase
de matemáticas aprenderemos más sobre la
multiplicación. Aprenderemos estrategias para
hallar un factor desconocido y para multiplicar por
múltiplos de 10.
múltiplo Un número que es el
producto de dos números naturales
distintos de cero
producto El resultado en un
problema de multiplicación
Llevaré a casa tareas para practicar estrategias
para multiplicar con múltiplos de 10.
Este es un ejemplo de cómo usaremos una recta
numérica para multiplicar.
Usar una recta numérica para hallar 3 3 50
PASO 1
PASO 2
Traza una recta numérica y
escribe los rótulos para los
múltiplos de 10.
Dibuja saltos en la recta numérica
para mostrar 3 grupos de 5 decenas.
' (' )' *' +' ,' -' .' /' 0' ('' ((' ()' (*' (+' (,' (-' (.' (/'
Por tanto, 3 3 50 5 150.
Actividad
Ayude a su hijo/a a dibujar y usar modelos para multiplicar
con múltiplos de 10. Pida a su hijo/a que resuelva problemas
como “Hay 6 chispas de chocolate en una galleta. ¿Cómo
multiplicas para hallar el número de chispas de chocolate que
hay en 20 galletas?”
P90
Usar el valor posicional
para multiplicar
Otra forma de multiplicar
por un múltiplo de 10 es
usar una operación de
multiplicación y el valor
posicional. Para multiplicar
6 3 70, usa la operación
básica 6 3 7 5 42. Piensa:
6 3 7 decenas 5 42
decenas, o 420.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Piensa: 50 5 5 decenas
ALGEBRA
Lesson 5.1
Name
Describe Patterns
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.9
Solve problems involving the four operations, and
identify and explain patterns in arithmetic.
Describe a pattern for the table. Then complete the table.
1.
Pans
1
2
3
Muffins
6
12
18
4
5
2.
24 30
Add
6 muffins for
_______
each
pan; Multiply the
_______
number
of pans by 6.
_______
3.
Vases
Flowers
2
14
3
4
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2
3
4
Wheels
8
12
16
5
6
_______
_______
_______
4.
Spiders
Legs
1
8
2
28
5
6
Wagons
3
24
4
42
5
40
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
5. Caleb buys 5 cartons of yogurt. Each
carton has 8 yogurt cups. How many
yogurt cups does Caleb buy?
_______
6. Libby bought 4 packages of pencils.
Each package has 6 pencils. How
many pencils did Libby buy?
_______
Chapter 5
P91
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.9)
1. Which of the following describes a
2. Which number completes this
pattern in the table?
table?
Tables
1
2
3
4
5
Butterflies
3
4
5
6
7
Chairs
5
10
15
20
25
Wings
12
16
20
O
28
A Multiply by
3.
C Add
1.
A
30
C
24
B Multiply by
5.
D Add
4.
B
26
D
22
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7)
There are 6 crayons in each pack.
How many crayons does Jennilee
buy in all? (Lesson 4.3)
tickets. Each book has 5 tickets.
How many tickets does Maverick
have in all? (Lesson 4.2)
A
13
A
10
B
36
B
15
C
42
C
20
D
48
D
25
5. Bailey walked his dog 2 times each
day for 9 days. How many times did
Bailey walk his dog in all? (Lesson 4.9)
P92
4. Maverick has 5 books of circus
A
9
B
11
C
18
D
27
6. Drew’s Tree Company delivers pear
trees in groups of 4. Yesterday, the
company delivered 8 groups of
pear trees. How many pear trees
were delivered in all? (Lesson 4.8)
A
12
B
16
C
24
D
32
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Jennilee buys 7 packs of crayons.
ALGEBRA
Lesson 5.2
Name
Find Unknown Factors
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.4
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Find the unknown factor.
1. n 3 3 5 12
2. s 3 8 5 64
Think: How
many groups
of 3 equal 12?
s5_
3. 21 5 7 3 n
4. y 3 2 5 18
n5_
y5_
4
n5_
5. 5 3 p 5 10
6. 56 5 8 3 t
7. m 3 4 5 28
p5_
t5_
m5_
9. 18 5 6 3 r
r5_
u5_
13. b 3 6 5 54
14. 5 3 T 5 40
b5_
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
10. u 3 5 5 30
T5_
17. Carmen spent $42 for 6 hats.
How much did each hat cost?
11. 4 3 O 5 24
O5_
15. 30 5 d 3 3
d5_
8. ) 3 1 5 9
)5_
12. w 3 7 5 35
w5_
16. 7 3 k 5 42
k5_
18. Mark has a baking tray with
24 cupcakes. The cupcakes
are arranged in 4 equal rows.
How many cupcakes are
in each row?
Chapter 5
P93
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.4)
1. What is the unknown factor?
b 3 7 5 56
2. What is the unknown factor shown
by this array?
A
6
B
7
C
8
3 3 O 5 24
D
9
A
3
C
8
B
6
D
9
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5)
Commutative Property of
Multiplication? (Lesson 3.6)
6145416
A
13
B
4365634
B
22
C
4335418
C
40
D
3365932
D
80
example of the Distributive
Property? (Lesson 4.4)
(Lesson 4.6)
5 3 (4 3 2)
A
5. Which number sentence is an
P94
4. Find the product.
6. In a group of 10 boys, each boy
had 2 hats. How many hats did they
have in all? (Lesson 4.2)
A
4 3 7 5 (4 3 3) 1 (4 3 4)
A
5
B
4375734
B
12
C
4 3 7 5 28
C
20
D
7 3 4 5 15 1 13
D
40
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Which is an example of the
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 5.3
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃI;ÃJ>;Ã
?IJH?8KJ?L;ÃHEF;HJO
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.3
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Read each problem and solve.
1. Each time a student turns in a perfect spelling test,
Ms. Ricks puts an achievement square on the bulletin
board. There are 6 rows of squares on the bulletin
board. Each row has 30 squares. How many perfect
spelling tests have been turned in?
Think: 6 3 30 5 6 3 (10 1 10 1 10)
5 60 1 60 1 60 5 180
180 spelling tests
_____
2. Norma practices violin for 50 minutes every day.
How many minutes does Norma practice violin in
7 days?
_____
3. A kitchen designer is creating a new backsplash for
the wall behind a kitchen sink. The backsplash will
have 5 rows of tiles. Each row will have 20 tiles.
How many tiles are needed for the entire backsplash?
_____
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
4. A bowling alley keeps shoes in rows of cubbyholes.
There are 9 rows of cubbyholes, with 20 cubbyholes
in each row. If there is a pair of shoes in every
cubbyhole, how many pairs of shoes are there?
_____
5. The third-grade students are traveling to the science
museum in 8 buses. There are 40 students on each
bus. How many students are going to the museum?
_____
Chapter 5
P95
TEST
PREP
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.NBT.3)
1. Each snack pack holds 20 crackers.
How many crackers in all are there
in 4 snack packs?
2. A machine makes 70 springs each
hour. How many springs will the
machine make in 8 hours?
A
60
A
500
B
80
B
520
C
100
C
540
D
800
D
560
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.MD.4)
3. Lila read 142 pages on Friday and
168 pages on Saturday. Which is
the best estimate of how many
pages Lila read on Friday and
Saturday combined? (Lesson 1.3)
A
100
C
300
B
200
D
400
4. Jessica wrote 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 on
the board. Which is another way to
show 6 1 6 1 6 1 6? (Lesson 3.2)
A
434
C
43436
B
436
D
636
Use the line plot for 5–6.
number of birds he saw at his bird
feeder. How many more sparrows
than blue jays did he see? (Lesson 2.7)
A
2
C
4
B
3
D
5
6. How many robins and cardinals
combined did Eliot see? (Lesson 2.7)
P96
A
2
C
4
B
3
D
5
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Eliot made a line plot to record the
Lesson 5.4
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.3
Multiplication Strategies with
Multiples of 10
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Use a number line to find the product.
80
1. 2 3 40 5 _
2. 4 3 30 5 _
Use place value to find the product.
3. 5 3 70 5 5 3 _ tens
5 _ tens 5 _
5. 7 3 30 5 7 3 _ tens
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5 _ tens 5 _
7. One exhibit at the aquarium has
5 fish tanks. Each fish tank holds
50 gallons of water. How much
water do the 5 tanks hold in all?
4. 60 3 4 5 _ tens 3 4
5 _ tens 5 _
6. 90 3 3 5 _ tens 3 3
5 _ tens 5 _
8. In another aquarium display, there
are 40 fish in each of 7 large tanks.
How many fish are in the display
in all?
Chapter 5
P97
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.3)
1. Each bag of pattern blocks contains
50 blocks. To make a class pattern,
the teacher combines 4 bags of
blocks. How many pattern blocks
are there in all?
A
20
C
B
200
D
240
250
2. A deli received 8 blocks of cheese.
Each block of cheese weighs
60 ounces. What is the total weight
of the cheeses?
A
420 ounces
C
480 ounces
B
460 ounces
D
560 ounces
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Alan and Betty collected cans for
recycling. Alan collected 154 cans.
Betty collected 215 cans. How
many cans did they collect in all?
(Lesson 1.6)
A
369
C
469
B
379
D
479
4. The third graders collected
754 cans. The fourth graders
collected 592 cans. Which is the
best estimate of how many more
cans the third graders collected?
(Lesson 1.8)
A
50
C
200
B
100
D
300
Use the bar graph for 5–6.
5. How many more books did Ed read
Books Read in June
than Bob? (Lesson 2.4)
C
4
B
3
D
5
6. How many books in all did the four
students read in June? (Lesson 2.4)
A
22
C
26
B
24
D
36
Ed
Ann
Bob
Eve
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Number of Books
P98
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2
Student
A
Lesson 5.5
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.3
Multiply Multiples of 10 by
1-Digit Numbers
Use place value understanding and properties of
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Find the product. Use base-ten blocks or draw
a quick picture.
200
1. 4 3 50 5 _
2. 60 3 3 5 _
3. _ 5 60 3 5
Find the product.
4.
30
3
8
_
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
8. 6 3 90 5 ____
5.
50
3
2
_
9. 9 3 70 5 ____
12. Each model car in a set costs $4.
There are 30 different model cars in
the set. How much would it cost to
buy all the model cars in the set?
6.
60
3
7
_
10. 8 3 90 5 ____
7.
70
3
4
_
11. ____ 5 6 3 80
13. Amanda exercises for 50 minutes
each day. How many minutes will
she exercise in 7 days?
Chapter 5
P99
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.3)
1. Each shelf in one section of the
library holds 30 books. There are
9 shelves in that section. How many
books will these shelves hold?
2. One can of juice mix makes
60 ounces of juice. How many
ounces of juice can be made from
6 cans of juice mix?
A
220
A
300 ounces
B
260
B
360 ounces
C
270
C
390 ounces
D
280
D
600 ounces
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.8)
There are 3 balls in each can. How
many balls did Sue buy? (Lesson 4.3)
4. Which is an example of the
Commutative Property of
Multiplication? (Lesson 3.6)
A
10
A
3145413
B
21
B
53050
C
28
C
13757
D
37
D
3345433
5. Lyn drew this bar model to solve a
problem. Which operation should
she use to find the unknown
number? (Lesson 1.12)
A addition
B division
C multiplication
D subtraction
P100
6. Joe drew this bar model to
find the unknown number of balls.
Which is the correct answer?
(Lesson 1.12)
A
356
C
144
B
256
D
124
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Sue bought 7 cans of tennis balls.
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.3
Name
Chapter 5 Extra Practice
Lesson 5.1
Describe a pattern for the table. Then complete the table.
1.
Teams
2
3
4
Players
12
18
24
5
6
2.
Tables
4
5
Chairs
16
20
6
7
8
28
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
Lesson 5.2
Find the unknown factor.
1. 72 5 9 3 t
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
t5_
2. 4 3 ) 5 28
)5_
3. b 3 5 5 30
b5_
4. d 3 3 5 24
5. 48 5 8 3 p
6. 6 3 T 5 24
d5_
p5_
T5_
7. 56 5 7 3 O
O5_
10. 9 5 9 3 a
a5_
8. 2 3 g5 20
g5_
11. c 3 4 5 36
c5_
9. h 3 7 5 35
h5_
12. 5 3 y 5 40
y5_
Chapter 5
P101
Lesson 5.3
Solve.
1. Hailey plants 6 rows of marigolds.
2. A meeting room has 8 rows of
Each row has 20 marigolds. How
many marigolds does Hailey plant
in all?
chairs. Each row has 10 chairs.
The first people to arrive fill 2 rows.
How many chairs are not filled?
Lesson 5.4
1. Use a number line to find the product.
4 3 30 5 _
Use place value to find the product.
2. 40 3 8 5 _ tens 3 8
3. 5 3 60 5 5 3 _ tens
5 _ tens 5 _
5 _ tens 5 _
Lesson 5.5
Find the product.
90
3 3
_
2.
50
3 8
_
3.
70
3 9
_
4.
80
3 7
_
Solve.
5. During the summer, Jayden
volunteers at the library for 20 hours
each week for 7 weeks. How many
hours does Jayden volunteer in all?
P102
6. Trisha teaches 8 different cooking
classes. There are 20 students in
each class. How many students in all
are in Trisha’s cooking classes?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
1.
6
dividend The number that is
to be divided in a division
problem
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will be
learning about division. We will learn how division
is related to subtraction, and how multiplication
and division are inverse operations.
dividend, divisor, quotient The
parts of a division problem. There
are two ways to record division.
10
4
dividend
divisor
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with division.
2
5
divisor
5
quotient
5
10
2qw
quotient
dividend
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught to
use repeated subtraction to solve division problems.
Use Repeated Subtraction to Divide
This is how we will be using repeated subtraction to divide.
STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 3
Start with the
dividend and
subtract the
divisor until you
reach 0.
Count the number of
times you subtract 5.
Record the
quotient.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
15 4 5 5 ____
15
25
10
10
25
5
5
25
0
15 10
5
15 4 5 5 3, or
2 5 2 5 2 5 (3 times)
3
10
5
0
5qw
15
There are 3 groups of
5 in 15.
Fifteen divided
by 5 equals 3.
Counting Back on a
Number Line
Counting back on a
number line is another
way to find a quotient.
On a 0–15 number line,
for example, start at 15
and count back by 5s
to 0. Then count the
number of jumps on a
number line (3 jumps)
to find that 15 4 5 = 3.
Activity
Display a number of objects that are divisible by 5. Have your child use
repeated subtraction to solve division problems. For example: “Here are
20 crayons. I want to subtract 5 crayons at a time until there are no crayons
left. How many times can I subtract?” Check answers by arranging the objects.
Chapter 6
P103
6
dividendo El número que se divide
en un problema de división.
dividendo, divisor, cociente Las
partes de un problema de división.
Hay dos maneras de anotar la
división.
Estimada familia,
Durante las próximas semanas, nuestra clase de
matemáticas aprenderá sobre la división.
Aprenderemos sobre cómo la división se relaciona
con la resta, y cómo la multiplicación y la división son
operaciones inversas.
10
4
dividendo
Pueden esperar ver tareas que sirven para practicar la
división.
divisor
2
5
divisor
5
10
2qw
5
cociente
cociente
dividendo
Esta es una muestra de cómo su hijo o hija aprenderá a usar
la resta repetida para resolver problemas de división.
Así es como usaremos la resta repetida para dividir.
PASO 2
PASO 1
Cuente la cantidad
Comience con el
dividendo y réstele de veces que
restó 5.
el divisor hasta
15 10
5
llegar a 0.
25 25 25 (3 veces)
15 4 5 5 ____
10
5
0
15
25
10
10
25
5
5
25
0
Hay 3 grupos de 5
en 15.
PASO 3
Anote el
cociente.
15 4 5 5 3, o
3
5qw
15
Quince dividido
entre 5 es igual
a 3.
Contar hacia atrás en
una recta numérica
Contar hacia atrás en
una recta numérica es
otra manera de hallar un
cociente. En una recta
numérica de 0–15, por
ejemplo, comience en 15
y cuente hacia atrás de
5 en 5 hasta 0. Después
cuente la cantidad de
saltos que da en la recta
numérica (3 saltos), para
hallar que 15 4 5 5 3.
Actividad
Muestre una cantidad de objetos que sea divisible entre 5. Pida a su hijo o hija que
use la resta repetida para resolver problemas de división. Por ejemplo: “Aquí hay
20 crayolas. Quiero restar 5 crayolas a la vez hasta que no queden crayolas.
¿Cuántas veces puedo restar?”. Compruebe las respuestas ordenando los objetos.
P104
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Usar la resta repetida para dividir
PROBLEM SOLVING
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃ E:;BÃ?L?I?ED
Lesson 6.1
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.3
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Solve each problem.
1. Six customers at a toy store bought 18 jump
ropes. Each customer bought the same
number of jump ropes. How many jump
ropes did each customer buy?
3 jump ropes
_____
2. Hiro has 36 pictures of his summer trip. He
wants to put them in an album. Each page
of the album holds 4 pictures. How many
pages will Hiro need for his pictures?
_____
3. Katia has 42 crayons in a box. She buys a
storage bin that has 6 sections. She puts the
same number of crayons in each section.
How many crayons does Katia put in each
section of the storage bin?
_____
4. Ms. Taylor’s students give cards to each of
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
the 3 class parent helpers. There are
24 cards. How many cards will each
helper get if the students give an equal
number of cards to each helper?
_____
5. Jamie divides 20 baseball stickers
equally among 5 of his friends. How
many stickers does each friend get?
_____
Chapter 6
P105
TEST
PREP
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.OA.3)
1. Maria buys 15 apples at the store
and places them into bags. She
puts 5 apples into each bag. How
many bags does Maria use for all
the apples?
2. Tom’s neighbor is fixing a section of
his walkway. He has 32 bricks that
he is placing in 8 equal rows. How
many bricks will Tom’s neighbor
place in each row?
A
2
C
4
A
3
C
5
B
3
D
10
B
4
D
6
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.MD.4)
3. Find the unknown factor.
(Lesson 5.2)
7 3 O5 56
4. How many students practiced the
piano more than 3 hours a week?
(Lesson 2.7)
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
A
6
B
7
C
8
A
2
C
8
D
9
B
6
D
10
5. Count equal groups to find how
many there are. (Lesson 3.1)
6. Which is another way to group the
factors? (Lesson 4.6)
A
3
C
12
B
4
D
16
P106
A (3 1
2) 1 5
B (3 3
2) 1 5
C
3 3 (2 1 5)
D
3 3 (2 3 5)
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
( 3 3 2) 3 5
Lesson 6.2
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.2
Size of Equal Groups
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Use counters or draw a quick picture. Make equal
groups. Complete the table.
Counters
Number of Equal Groups
Number in Each Group
1.
15
3
5
2.
21
7
3.
28
7
4.
32
4
5.
9
3
6.
18
3
7.
20
5
8.
16
8
9.
35
5
10.
24
3
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
11. Alicia has 12 eggs that she will use
to make 4 different cookie recipes.
If each recipe calls for the same
number of eggs, how many eggs
will she use in each recipe?
12. Brett picked 27 flowers from
the garden. He plans to give an
equal number of flowers to each
of 3 people. How many flowers
will each person get?
Chapter 6
P107
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.2)
1. Ryan has 21 pencils. He wants to
put the same number of pencils
in each of 3 pencil holders. How
many pencils will he put in each
pencil holder?
2. Corrine is setting out 24 plates
on 6 tables for a dinner. She sets
the same number of plates on
each table. How many plates does
Corrine set on each table?
A
6
A
3
B
7
B
4
C
8
C
5
D
9
D
6
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.9)
3. Each table has 4 legs. How many
legs do 4 tables have? (Lesson 3.1)
4. Tina has 3 stacks of 5 CDs on each
of 3 shelves. How many CDs does
she have in all? (Lesson 4.6)
A
1
A
14
B
8
B
30
C
16
C
35
D
20
D
45
5. What is the unknown factor?
6. Which of the following describes a
7 3 O5 35
Number of packs
1
2
3
4
5
Number of yo-yos
3
6
9
12
?
A
4
A Add
B
5
B Multiply by
C
6
2.
C Multiply by
D
7
3.
D Add
P108
2.
12.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
pattern in the table? (Lesson 5.1)
(Lesson 5.2)
Lesson 6.3
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.2
Number of Equal Groups
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Draw counters on your MathBoard. Then circle
equal groups. Complete the table.
Counters
Number of Equal Groups
Number in Each Group
1.
24
3
8
2.
35
7
3.
30
5
4.
16
4
5.
12
6
6.
36
9
7.
18
3
8.
15
5
9.
28
4
10.
27
3
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
11. In his bookstore, Toby places
21 books on shelves, with 7 books
on each shelf. How many shelves
does Toby need?
12. Mr. Holden has 32 quarters in stacks
of 4 on his desk. How many stacks of
quarters are on his desk?
Chapter 6
P109
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.2)
1. Ramon works at a clothing store.
He puts 24 pairs of jeans into
stacks of 8. How many stacks does
Ramon make?
2. There are 36 people waiting in line
for a hay ride. Only 6 people can
ride on each wagon. If each wagon
is full, how many wagons are
needed for all 36 people?
A
5
A
5
B
4
B
6
C
3
C
7
D
2
D
8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.OA.9, CC.NBT.3)
the array show? (Lesson 3.5)
4. Austin buys 4 boxes of nails for his
project. There are 30 nails in each
box. How many nails does Austin
buy in all? (Lesson 5.4)
A
12
B
34
A
4 3 5 5 20
C
4 3 7 5 28
C
70
B
4 3 6 5 24
D
4 3 8 5 32
D
120
5. Which describes the number
sentence? (Lesson 1.1)
81058
A odd 1 odd 5 odd
B Identity Property of Addition
6. Each month for 6 months, Kelsey
completes 5 paintings. How
many more paintings does she
need to complete before she has
completed 38 paintings?
(Lesson 4.10)
C even 1 even 5 even
A
2
C
8
D Commutative Property of
B
6
D
9
Addition
P110
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Which multiplication sentence does
Lesson 6.4
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.2
Model with Bar Models
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Write a division equation for the picture.
1.
2.
27 4 3 5 9 or 27 4 9 5 3
3.
4.
Complete the bar model to solve. Then write a
division equation for the bar model.
5. There are 15 postcards in 3 equal
stacks. How many postcards are in
each stack?
6. There are 21 key rings. How many
groups of 3 key rings can you make?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
_______
7. Jalyn collected 24 stones. She put
them in 4 equal piles. How many
stones are in each pile?
_______
8. Tanner has 30 stickers. He puts
6 stickers on each page. On how
many pages does he put stickers?
Chapter 6
P111
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.2)
1. Jack and his little sister are stacking
24 blocks. They put the blocks in
3 equal stacks. How many blocks
are in each stack?
2. Melissa made 45 greeting cards.
She put them in 5 equal piles.
How many cards did she put in
each pile?
A
4
A
9
B
6
B
8
C
7
C
7
D
8
D
6
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.MD.4)
3. Angie puts 1 stamp on each
envelope. She puts stamps on
7 envelopes. How many stamps
does Angie use? (Lesson 3.7)
4. A carnival ride has 8 cars. Each car
holds 4 people. How many people
are on the ride if all the cars are
full? (Lesson 4.8)
A
0
A
34
B
1
B
32
C
7
C
28
D
8
D
24
5. How many families have
1 computer at home? (Lesson 2.7)
A
4
C
6
B
5
D
7
6. How many families have more than
1 computer at home? (Lesson 2.7)
A
4
C
7
B
5
D
8
P112
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use the line plot for 5–6.
Lesson 6.5
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.3
Relate Subtraction and Division
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Write a division equation.
1.
16
2 4
_
12
12
2 4
_
8
8
2 4
_
4
4
2 4
_
0
2.
16 4 4 5 4
4.
3.
20
2 5
_
15
15
2 5
_
10
10
2 5
_
5
5
2 5
_
0
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use repeated subtraction or a number line to solve.
5. 28 4 7 5 _
6. 18 4 6 5 _
7. 8qww
40
8. 9qww
36
9. Mrs. Costa has 18 pencils. She
gives 9 pencils to each of her
children for school. How many
children does Mrs. Costa have?
10. Boël decides to plant rose bushes in
her garden. She has 24 bushes. She
places 6 bushes in each row. How
many rows of rose bushes does she
plant in her garden?
Chapter 6
P113
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.3)
1. Which division equation is shown?
A
3 3 4 5 12
C
12 4 3 5 4
B
12 4 6 5 2
D
12 4 4 5 3
2. Isabella has 35 cups of dog food.
She feeds her dogs 5 cups of food
each day. For how many days will
the dog food last?
A
6 days
C
8 days
B
7 days
D
9 days
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Ellen buys 4 bags of oranges. There
are 6 oranges in each bag. How
many oranges does Ellen buy?
(Lesson 4.3)
4. Each month for 7 months, Samuel
mows 3 lawns. How many more
lawns does he need to mow before
he has mowed 29 lawns? (Lesson 4.10)
A
10
C
24
A
1
C
7
B
12
D
30
B
3
D
8
Use the graph for 5–6.
5. How many hours did Eli volunteer?
(Lesson 2.4)
P114
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
A
4 hours
C
9 hours
B
8 hours
D
10 hours
6. Madi volunteered 2 hours less than
Jill
Ben
Madi
Student
Eli
Jill. At what number should the bar
for Madi end? (Lesson 2.5)
A
3
C
8
B
6
D
12
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Number of Hours
Hours Volunteered
Lesson 6.6
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.3
Model with Arrays
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Use square tiles to make an array. Solve.
1. How many rows of 4 are in 12?
3 rows
____
3. How many rows of 6 are in 30?
____
2. How many rows of 3 are in 21?
____
4. How many rows of 9 are in 18?
____
Make an array. Then write a division equation.
5. 20 tiles in 5 rows
____
7. 18 tiles in 9 rows
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
____
9. A dressmaker has 24 buttons. He
needs 3 buttons to make one dress.
How many dresses can he make
with 24 buttons?
_______
6. 28 tiles in 7 rows
____
8. 36 tiles in 6 rows
____
10. Liana buys 36 party favors for her
9 guests. She gives an equal number
of favors to each guest. How many
party favors does each guest get?
_______
Chapter 6
P115
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.3)
1. Mr. Canton places 24 desks in
2. Which division equation is shown
6 equal rows. How many desks are
by the array?
in each row?
A
2
B
3
C
4
A
12 4 6 5 2
C
12 4 2 5 6
D
5
B
12 4 3 5 4
D
12 4 1 5 12
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.OA.4, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.7)
trophies on each of her 3 shelves.
How many sports trophies does
Amy have in all? (Lesson 4.6)
4. What is the unknown factor?
(Lesson 5.2)
9 3 p 5 45
A
8
A
4
B
9
B
5
C
12
C
6
D
24
D
7
5. Sam has 7 stacks with 4 quarters
each. How many quarters does
Sam have? (Lesson 4.5)
A
11
B
12
C
24
D
28
P116
6. How can you skip count to find how
many counters in all? (Lesson 3.1)
A
3 groups of 2
B
3 groups of 3
C
9 groups of 2
D
18 groups of 2
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Amy has 2 rows of 4 sports
ALGEBRA
Lesson 6.7
Name
Relate Multiplication and Division
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.6
Understand properties of multiplication and the
relationship between multiplication and division.
Complete the equations.
1.
2.
4 5 20
5 rows of _
4 5 20
53_
4
20 4 5 5 _
3.
4 rows of _ 5 24
3 rows of _ 5 24
4 3 _ 5 24
3 3 _ 5 24
24 4 4 5 _
24 4 3 5 _
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Complete the equations.
4. 4 3 _ 5 28
28 4 4 5 _
5. 6 3 _ 5 36
36 4 6 5 _
6. 7 3 _ 5 35
35 4 7 5 _
7. 7 3 _ 5 21
21 4 7 5 _
8. 9 3 _ 5 27
27 4 9 5 _
9. 2 3 _ 5 16
16 4 2 5 _
10. 4 3 _ 5 36
36 4 4 5 _
11. 8 3 _ 5 40
40 4 8 5 _
12. Mr. Martin buys 36 muffins for a
13. Ralph read 18 books during his
class breakfast. He places them on
plates for his students. If he places
9 muffins on each plate, how many
plates does Mr. Martin use?
summer vacation. He read the same
number of books each month for
3 months. How many books did he
read each month?
_______
_______
Chapter 6
P117
ALGEBRA
Lesson 6.8
Name
Write Related Facts
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.7
Multiply and divide within 100.
Write the related facts for the array.
1.
2.
2 3 6 5 12
6 3 2 5 12
____
12 4 2 5 6
____
12 4 6 5 2
____
____
3.
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
Write the related facts for the set of numbers.
4. 3, 7, 21
5. 2, 9, 18
6. 4, 8, 32
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
Complete the related facts.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
7. 4 3 9 5 _
8. _ 3 7 5 35
9. 6 3 _ 5 18
9 3 _ 5 36
_
3 5 5 35
3365_
36 4 _ 5 4
_
4755
18 4 _ 5 3
_
4459
35 4 5 5 _
10. CDs are on sale for $5 each.
Jennifer has $45 and wants to buy
as many as she can. How many CDs
can Jennifer buy?
_
4356
11. Mr. Moore has 21 feet of wallpaper.
He cuts it into sections that are each
3 feet long. How many sections
does Mr. Moore have?
Chapter 6
P119
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.7)
1. Which number completes the
set of related facts?
53
5 40
3 5 5 40
2. Which equation is not in the same
set of related facts as 4 3 7 5 28?
40 4 5 5
40 4 5 5
A
6
A
7 3 4 5 28
B
7
B
4 1 7 5 11
C
8
C
28 4 4 5 7
D
9
D
28 4 7 5 4
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NBT.3)
4. Find the product.
8 weeks. How many miles does
Beth run in 8 weeks? (Lesson 5.5)
A
16 miles
B
28 miles
C
100 miles
D
160 miles
5. Uri’s bookcase has 5 shelves.
There are 9 books on each shelf.
How many books in all are in Uri’s
bookcase? (Lesson 4.9)
530
A
0
B
1
C
5
D
10
6. There are 6 batteries in one
package. How many batteries
will 6 packages have? (Lesson 3.1)
A
12
A 14
B
B
36
18
C
C
45
24
36
D
54
D
P120
(Lesson 3.7)
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Beth runs 20 miles each week for
ALGEBRA
Lesson 6.9
Name
Division Rules for 1 and 0
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.5
Understand properties of multiplication and the
relationship between multiplication and division.
Find the quotient.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3
1. 3 4 1 5 _
2. 8 4 8 5 _
3. _ 5 0 4 6
4. 2 4 2 5 _
5. _ 5 9 4 1
6. 0 4 2 5 _
7. 0 4 3 5 _
8. _ 5 0 4 4
9. 7qw
7
10. 1qw
6
11. 9qw
0
12. 1qw
5
13. 1qw
0
14. 4qw
4
15. 1qww
10
16. 2qw
2
17. There are no horses in the stables.
There are 3 stables in all. How many
horses are in each stable?
18. Jon has 6 kites. He and his friends
will each fly 1 kite. How many
people in all will fly a kite?
Chapter 6
P121
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.5)
1. Candace has 6 pairs of jeans.
2. There are 0 birds and 4 bird cages.
She places each pair on its own
hanger. How many hangers does
Candace use?
Which division equation describes
how many birds are in each cage?
A
0
C
6
A
04450
C
44154
B
1
D
12
B
44451
D
03450
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.MD.3)
3. There are 7 plates on the table.
4. Which shows a way to break apart
There are 0 sandwiches on each
plate. How many sandwiches are
on the plates in all? (Lesson 3.7)
the array to find the product? (Lesson 4.4)
730
0
B
1
C
7
D
70
5. Which of the following describes a
A (3 3
5) 1 (3 3 2)
B (2 3
8) 1 (1 3 8)
C (4 3
7) 1 (1 3 7)
D (3 3
6) 1 (3 3 3)
6. Use the graph.
pattern in the table? (Lesson 5.1)
1
6
2
12
3
18
4
24
Students
Vans
Students
Can Food Drive
5
30
Sam
Lee
0
3
6
9
12
15
18
Number of Cans
A Add
5.
B Multiply by
C Subtract
1.
D Multiply by
P122
2.
6.
How many more cans did Sam
bring in than Lee? (Lesson 2.5)
A
4
C
7
B
5
D
9
21
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5,
CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.OA.7
Name
Chapter 6 Extra Practice
Lessons 6.1–6.3
Make equal groups. Complete the table.
Counters
Number of Equal Groups
Number in Each Group
1.
18
9
2.
24
3.
12
6
4.
35
7
5.
32
4
6.
25
5
8
Lesson 6.4
Write a division equation for the picture.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
1.
2.
Lesson 6.5
Write a division equation.
1.
2.
0
5
10
15
24
2 6
_
18
18
2 6
_
12
12
2 6
_
6
6
2 6
_
0
Chapter 6
P123
Lesson 6.6
Make an array. Then write a division equation.
1. 12 tiles in 4 rows
2. 18 tiles in 3 rows
3. 35 tiles in 5 rows
4. 28 tiles in 7 rows
Lesson 6.7
Complete the equations.
1. 8 3 _ 5 40
40 4 8 5 _
2. 6 3 _ 5 36
36 4 6 5 _
3. 3 3 _ 5 21
21 4 3 5 _
4. 2 3 _ 5 18
18 4 2 5 _
Lesson 6.8 (pp. 239–243)
Write the related facts for the array.
2.
3.
Lesson 6.9
Find the quotient.
1. 7 4 1 _
2. 4 4 4 _
3. 9 4 1 _
5. Anton has 8 flower pots. He plants 1 seed in each
pot. How many seeds does Anton use?
P124
4. 0 4 1 _
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
1.
7
array An arrangement of objects
in rows and columns
equation A number sentence
that uses the equal sign to show
that two amounts are equal
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will be
learning about division facts and strategies. We
will learn strategies to use to divide by 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9, and 10. We will also learn the order of
operations rules to solve problems involving more
than one operation.
order of operations A special
set of rules that gives the order
in which calculations are done to
solve a problem
related facts A set of related
multiplication and division
equations
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with dividing by these divisors.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught
to divide.
Use an Array
This is how we can use arrays to divide.
STEP 1
STEP 2
20 4 4 5 O
Count the number of rows
to find the quotient.
Draw rows of 4 tiles until
you have drawn all 20 tiles.
There are 5 rows
of 4 tiles.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
So, 20 4 4 5 5.
Use a Related
Multiplication Fact
Since division is
the opposite of
multiplication, using
a multiplication fact is
another way to find a
quotient. To divide 20 by
4, for example, think of
a related multiplication
fact: 4 3 O 5 20.
4 3 5 5 20.
So, 20 4 4 5 5.
Activity
Provide 12 pennies. Have your child make as many
arrays as possible using all 12 pennies. Have your child
write a division equation for each array.
Chapter 7
P125
7
ecuación Una oración numérica que
usa el signo de igual para mostrar
que dos cantidades son iguales
matriz Una forma de ordenar
objetos en filas y columnas
Querida familia,
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de
matemáticas aprenderemos sobre las operaciones
de división y sus estrategias. Aprenderemos
estrategias para dividir entre 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 y
10. También aprenderemos las reglas del orden de
las operaciones para resolver problemas en los que
hay más de una operación.
orden de las operaciones Un
conjunto especial de reglas que
expresa el orden en el que se
realizan las operaciones para
resolver un problema
Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para practicar la
división entre estos divisores.
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como
aprenderemos a dividir.
Usar una matriz
PASO 1
PASO 2
20 4 4 5 O
Cuenta la cantidad de filas
para encontrar el cociente.
Traza filas de 4 fichas
cuadradas hasta tener las
20 fichas.
Hay 5 filas de 4 fichas.
Por lo tanto,
20 4 4 5 5.
Actividad
Dé a su hijo 12 monedas de 1¢. Pídale que haga la mayor
cantidad posible de matrices usando las 12 monedas de 1¢.
Luego, pídale que escriba un enunciado de división para
cada matriz.
P126
Usar una operación de
multiplicación relacionada
Dado que la división es
opuesta a la multiplicación,
usar una operación de
multiplicación es otra
manera de hallar un
cociente. Para dividir 20
entre 4, por ejemplo,
piensa en una operación
de multiplicación
relacionada: 4 3 O = 20.
4 3 5 5 20. Por lo tanto,
20 4 4 = 5.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Esta es la manera como podemos usar matrices para
dividir.
Lesson 7.1
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.3
Divide by 2
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Write a division equation for the picture.
1.
2.
12 4 2 5 6 or
12 4 6 5 2
____
____
3.
____
____
____
____
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the quotient. You may want to draw a quick
picture to help.
4. _ 5 14 4 2
5. _ 5 4 4 2
6. 16 4 2 5 _
7. 2qw
18
8. 2qw
12
9. 2qw
14
10. Mr. Reynolds, the gym teacher,
divided a class of 16 students into
2 equal teams. How many students
were on each team?
____
11. Sandra has 10 books. She divides
them into groups of 2 each. How
many groups can she make?
____
Chapter 7
P127
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.3)
1. Ava has 12 apples and 2 baskets.
She puts an equal number of
apples in each basket. How many
apples are in a basket?
2. There are 8 students singing a song
in the school musical. Ms. Lang put
the students in 2 equal rows. How
many students are in each row?
A
2
A
2
B
4
B
4
C
6
C
6
D
8
D
10
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.9)
3. Find the product.
(Lesson 4.1)
4. Jayden plants 24 trees. He plants
the trees equally in 3 rows. How
many trees are in each row?
236
(Lesson 6.2)
A
4
A
6
B
8
B
8
C
12
C
9
D
18
D
27
6. A tricycle has 3 wheels. How many
this pattern? (Lesson 4.7)
wheels are there on 4 tricycles?
9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24
(Lesson 4.3)
A Multiply by
3.
A
B Multiply by
5.
7
B
9
C
12
D
15
C Add
3.
D Subtract
P128
3.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Which of the following describes
Lesson 7.2
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.7
Divide by 10
Multiply and divide within 100.
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
1. 10 3 _ 5 20
2
2
20 4 10 5 _
2. 10 3 _ 5 70
70 4 10 5 _
3. 10 3 _ 5 80
80 4 10 5 _
4. 10 3 _ 5 30
30 4 10 5 _
7. 20 4 2 5 _
8. 50 4 10 5 _
9. 90 4 10 5 _ 10. 10 4 10 5 _ 11. _ 5 30 4 10
12. 40 4 10 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. 60 4 10 5 _
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
13. 10qw
40
6. _ 5 40 4 4
14. 10qw
70
17. Pencils cost 10¢ each. How many
pencils can Brent buy with 90¢?
15. 10qw
100
16. 10qw
20
18. Mrs. Marks wants to buy 80 pens.
If the pens come in packs of 10,
how many packs does she need
to buy?
Chapter 7
P129
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.7)
1. Gracie uses 10 beads on each
necklace she makes. She has
60 beads to use. How many
necklaces can Gracie make?
A
6
C
50
B
10
D
70
2. A florist arranges 10 flowers in
each vase. How many vases
does the florist need to arrange
40 flowers?
A
3
C
30
B
4
D
50
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.NBT.3)
(Lesson 5.2)
7 3 p 5 14
4. Aspen Bakery sold 40 boxes of
rolls in one day. Each box holds
6 rolls. How many rolls in all did
the bakery sell? (Lesson 5.4)
A
21
A
24
B
7
B
46
C
3
C
240
D
2
D
320
5. Mr. Samuels buys a sheet of
stamps. There are 4 rows with
7 stamps in each row. How many
stamps does Mr. Samuels buy?
(Lesson 4.1)
6. There are 56 students going on a
field trip to the science center. The
students tour the center in groups
of 8. How many groups of students
are there? (Lesson 6.2)
A
11
A
6
B
14
B
7
C
21
C
9
D
28
D
64
P130
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. What is the unknown factor?
Lesson 7.3
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.3
Divide by 5
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Use count up or count back on a number line to solve.
8
1. 40 4 5 5 _
2. 25 4 5 5 _
'
,
('
(,
)'
),
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the quotient.
3. _ 5 10 4 5
4. _ 5 30 4 5
5. 14 4 2 5 _
6. 5 4 5 5 _
7. 45 4 5 5 _
8. _ 5 60 4 10
9. _ 5 15 4 5
10. 18 4 2 5 _
11. _ 5 0 4 5
12. 20 4 5 5 _
13. 25 4 5 5 _
14. _ 5 35 4 5
15. 5qw
20
16. 10qw
70
17. 5qw
15
18. 5qw
40
19. A model car maker puts 5 wheels
in each kit. A machine makes
30 wheels at a time. How many
packages of 5 wheels can be made
from the 30 wheels?
20. A doll maker puts a small bag
with 5 hair ribbons inside each
box with a doll. How many bags
of 5 hair ribbons can be made
from 45 hair ribbons?
Chapter 7
P131
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.3)
1. A model train company puts
5 boxcars with each train set. How
many sets can be completed using
35 boxcars?
A
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
2. A machine makes 5 buttons at a
time. Each doll shirt gets 5 buttons.
How many doll shirts can be
finished with 5 buttons?
A
B
C
D
0
1
2
5
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.MD.4)
3. Julia earns $5 each day running
errands for a neighbor. How much
will Julia earn if she runs errands
for 6 days in one month? (Lesson 4.3)
A
B
C
D
$40
$35
$30
$25
4. Marcus has 12 slices of bread. He
uses 2 slices of bread for each
sandwich. How many sandwiches
can Marcus make? (Lesson 7.1)
A
B
C
D
6
7
8
9
5. How many students have no pets?
(Lesson 2.7)
A
B
0
3
C
D
4
5
6. How many students answered the
question “How many pets do you
have?” (Lesson 2.7)
A
B
P132
10
12
C
D
14
15
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use the line plot for 5–6.
Lesson 7.4
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.7
Divide by 3
Multiply and divide within 100.
Find the quotient. Draw a quick picture to help.
4
1. 12 4 3 5 _
2. 24 4 3 5 _
3. _ 5 6 4 3
4. 40 4 5 5 _
6. _ 5 21 4 3
7. 16 4 2 5 _
8. 27 4 3 5 _
10. 9 4 3 5 _
11. _ 5 30 4 3
12. _ 5 12 4 4
14. 3qw
15
15. 3qw
24
16. 3qw
9
Find the quotient.
5. _ 5 15 4 3
9. 0 4 3 5 _
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
13. 3qw
12
17. The principal at Miller Street School
has 12 packs of new pencils. She
will give 3 packs to each third-grade
class. How many third-grade classes
are there?
______
18. Mike has $21 to spend at the mall.
He spends all of his money on
bracelets for his sisters. Bracelets
cost $3 each. How many bracelets
does he buy?
______
Chapter 7
P133
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.7)
1. There are 18 counters divided
equally among 3 groups. How
many counters are in each group?
2. Josh has 27 signed baseballs. He
places the baseballs equally on
3 shelves. How many baseballs are
on each shelf?
A
5
A
6
B
6
B
7
C
7
C
8
D
8
D
9
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.MD.4)
many wheels do 8 bicycles have?
4. How many students watch less than
3 hours of TV a day? (Lesson 2.7)
7
7 7 7
7 7 7 7
7 7 7 7 7
(Lesson 3.1)
A
10
B
16
C
24
A
3
C
8
D
32
B
7
D
13
5. Which of the following is an
example of the Distributive
Property? (Lesson 4.4)
6. Which unknown number completes
the equations? (Lesson 6.7)
3 3 O 5 21
A
3 3 6 5 18
A
3
B
6 3 3 5 15 1 3
B
6
C
3365633
C
7
D
3 3 6 5 (3 3 2) 1 (3 3 4)
D
18
P134
21 4 3 5 O
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Each bicycle has 2 wheels. How
Lesson 7.5
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.7
Divide by 4
Multiply and divide within 100.
Draw tiles to make an array. Find the quotient.
4
1. _ 5 16 4 4
2. 20 4 4 5 _
3. 12 4 4 5 _
4. 10 4 2 5 _
6. _ 5 8 4 2
7. 32 4 4 5 _
8. _ 5 28 4 4
Find the quotient.
5. 24 4 3 5 _
9. 4qw
36
10. 4qw
8
11. 4qw
24
12. 3qw
30
Find the unknown number.
13. 20 4 5 5 a
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
a5_
14. 32 4 4 5 p
p5_
17. Ms. Higgins has 28 students in her
gym class. She puts them in 4 equal
groups. How many students are in
each group?
______
15. 40 4 10 5
O5_
O
16. 18 4 3 5 x
x5_
18. Andy has 36 CDs. He buys a case
that holds 4 CDs in each section.
How many sections can he fill?
______
Chapter 7
P135
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.7)
1. Darion picks 16 grapefruits off
a tree in his backyard. He puts
4 grapefruits in each bag. How
many bags does he need?
2. Tori has a bag of 32 markers to
share equally among 3 friends and
herself. How many markers will Tori
and each of her friends get?
A
3
A
6
B
4
B
7
C
5
C
8
D
6
D
9
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.9)
(Lesson 4.5)
337
4. Which of the following describes
this pattern? (Lesson 4.7)
8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28
A
18
A Multiply by
B
21
B Add
C
24
C Multiply by
D
28
D Subtract
5. Which is an example of the
Commutative Property of
Multiplication? (Lesson 3.6)
4.
2.
4.
6. Jasmine has 18 model horses. She
places the model horses equally on
3 shelves. How many model horses
are on each shelf? (Lesson 6.2)
A
3365239
A
6
B
2345513
B
7
C
4355534
C
15
D
2355515
D
21
P136
4.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Find the product.
Lesson 7.6
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.7
Divide by 6
Multiply and divide within 100.
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
1. 6 3 _ 5 42
7
7
42 4 6 5 _
2. 6 3 _ 5 18
18 4 6 5 _
3. 4 3 _ 5 24
24 4 4 5 _
4. 6 3 _ 5 54
54 4 6 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. _ 5 24 4 6
9. 6qw
36
6. 48 4 6 5 _
10. 6qw
54
7. _ 5 6 4 6
8. 12 4 6 5 _
11. 6qw
30
12. 1qw
6
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the unknown number.
13. p 5 42 4 6
14. 18 4 3 5 q
15. r 5 30 4 6
16. 60 4 6 5 s
p5_
q5_
r5_
s5_
17. Lucas has 36 pages of a book left to
read. If he reads 6 pages a day, how
many days will it take Lucas to finish
the book?
_______
18. Juan has $24 to spend at the
bookstore. If books cost $6 each,
how many books can he buy?
_______
Chapter 7
P137
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.7)
1. Ella earned $54 last week
babysitting. She earns $6 an hour.
How many hours did Ella babysit
last week?
2. What is the unknown factor
and quotient?
6 3 O 5 42
A
6 hours
A
6
B
7 hours
B
7
C
8 hours
C
8
D
9 hours
D
9
42 4 6 5 O
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.8)
in his P.E. class. He places the
students in teams of 6 for an
activity. How many teams can
Coach Clarke make? (Lesson 6.3)
4. Each month for 7 months, Eva
reads 3 books. How many more
books does she need to read
before she has read 30 books?
(Lesson 4.10)
A
7
A
7
B
8
B
9
C
9
C
27
D
54
D
33
5. Each cow has 4 legs. How many
legs will 5 cows have? (Lesson 3.1)
6. Find the product.
339
A
9
A
36
B
16
B
27
C
20
C
18
D
24
D
12
P138
(Lesson 4.9)
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Coach Clarke has 48 students
Lesson 7.7
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.7
Divide by 7
Multiply and divide within 100.
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
1. 7 3 _ 5 42
6
6
42 4 7 5 _
2. 7 3 _ 5 35
35 4 7 5 _
3. 7 3 _ 5 7
7475_
4. 5 3 _ 5 20
20 4 5 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. 7qw
21
9. _5 35 4 7
6. 7qw
14
10. 0 4 7 5 _
7. 6qw
48
8. 7qw
63
11. _ 5 56 4 7
12. 32 4 8 5 _
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the unknown number.
13. 56 4 7 5 e
14. k 5 32 4 4
15. g 5 49 4 7
16. 28 4 7 5 s
e5_
k5_
g5_
s5_
17. Twenty-eight players sign up for
basketball. The coach puts 7 players
on each team. How many teams
are there?
_______
18. Roberto read 42 books over
7 months. He read the same
number of books each month.
How many books did Roberto
read each month?
_______
Chapter 7
P139
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.7)
1. Elliot earned $49 last month
walking his neighbor’s dog. He
earns $7 each time he walks the
dog. How many times did Elliot
walk his neighbor’s dog last month?
2. Which is the unknown factor and
quotient?
7 3 O 5 63
63 4 7 5 O
A
6
C
8
A
6
C
8
B
7
D
9
B
7
D
9
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.OA.7)
smoothie she makes. She makes
3 smoothies. Altogether, how many
strawberries does Maria use in
the smoothies? (Lesson 4.3)
4. Kaitlyn makes 4 bracelets. She uses
8 beads for each bracelet. How
many beads does she use in all?
(Lesson 4.8)
A
9
A
12
B
12
B
16
C
18
C
32
D
24
D
40
5. What is the unknown factor?
(Lesson 3.6)
235553O
6. Which division equation is related
to the following multiplication
equation? (Lesson 6.7)
3 3 4 5 12
A
10
A
12 4 4 5 3
B
5
B
84254
C
2
C
12 4 2 5 6
D
1
D
10 4 5 5 2
P140
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Maria puts 6 strawberries in each
Lesson 7.8
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.4
Divide by 8
Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
4
1. 8 3 _ 5 32
32 4 8 5 _
2. 3 3 _ 5 27
27 4 3 5 _
3. 8 3 _ 5 8
8485_
4. 8 3 _ 5 72
72 4 8 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. _ 5 24 4 8
9. 8qw
64
6. 40 4 8 5 _
10. 7qw
28
7. _ 5 56 4 8
8. 14 4 2 5 _
11. 8qw
16
12. 8qw
48
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the unknown number.
13. 16 4 p 5 8
14. 25 4 O 5 5
15. 24 4 a 5 3
16. k 4 10 5 8
p5_
O5_
a5_
k5_
17. Sixty-four students are going on
a field trip. There is 1 adult for
every 8 students. How many
adults are there?
18. Mr. Chen spends $32 for tickets to a
play. If the tickets cost $8 each, how
many tickets does Mr. Chen buy?
Chapter 7
P141
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.4)
1. Mrs. Wilke spends $72 on pies for
the school fair. Each pie costs $8.
How many pies does Mrs. Wilke
buy for the school fair?
2. Find the unknown factor and
quotient.
8 3 O 5 40
40 4 8 5 O
A
6
A
4
B
7
B
5
C
8
C
6
D
9
D
7
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.5)
4. Which of the following has the
(Lesson 4.6)
same product as 4 3 9? (Lesson 3.6)
(3 3 2) 3 5
A
6
A
338
B
10
B
934
C
20
C
536
D
30
D
732
5. Find the unknown factor.
8 3 O 5 32
(Lesson 5.2)
6. Which multiplication sentence
represents the array? (Lesson 3.5)
A
4
A
13858
B
5
B
41458
C
6
C
23458
D
24
D
4 3 3 5 12
P142
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Find the product.
Lesson 7.9
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.7
Divide by 9
Multiply and divide within 100.
Find the quotient.
4
1. _ 5 36 4 9
2. 30 4 6 5 _
3. _ 5 81 4 9
4. 27 4 9 5 _
5. 9 4 9 5 _
6. _ 5 63 4 7
7. 36 4 6 5 _
8. _ 5 90 4 9
9. 9qw
63
10. 9qw
18
11. 7qw
49
12. 9qw
45
15. m 5 0 4 9
16. 54 4 9 5 n
Find the unknown number.
13. 48 4 8 5 g
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
g5_
14. s 5 72 4 9
s5_
17. A crate of oranges has trays inside
that hold 9 oranges each. There are
72 oranges in the crate. If all trays
are filled, how many trays are there?
m5_
n5_
18. Van has 45 new baseball cards. He
puts them in a binder that holds
9 cards on each page. How many
pages does he fill?
Chapter 7
P143
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.7)
1. Darci sets up a room for a banquet.
She has 54 chairs. She places
9 chairs at each table. How many
tables have 9 chairs?
2. Mr. Robinson sets 36 glasses on
a table. He puts the same number
of glasses in each of 9 rows. How
many glasses does he put in
each row?
A
5
B
6
C
7
A
4
C
6
D
8
B
5
D
7
(CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.8)
3. Each month for 9 months, Jordan
4. Find the product.
buys 2 sports books. How many
more sports books does he need to
buy before he has bought 25 sports
books? (Lesson 4.10)
8
37
_
A
6
A
49
B
7
B
56
C
8
C
D
9
63
D
64
5. Adriana made 30 pet collars to
bring to the pet fair. She wants to
display 3 pet collars on each hook.
How many hooks will Adriana need
to display all 30 pet collars? (Lesson 6.3)
6. Carla packs 4 boxes of books. Each
box has 9 books. How many books
does Carla pack? (Lesson 4.9)
A
32
A
36
B
12
B
27
C
10
C
13
D
9
D
5
P144
(Lesson 4.8)
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Spiral Review
PROBLEM SOLVING
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃMEÂJ;FÃHE8B;CI
Lesson 7.10
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.8
Solve problems involving the four operations, and
identify and explain patterns in arithmetic.
Solve the problem.
1. Jack has 3 boxes of pencils with the same
number of pencils in each box. His mother gives
him 4 more pencils. Now Jack has 28 pencils.
How many pencils are in each box?
Think: I can start with 28 counters
and act out the problem.
8 pencils
_____
2. The art teacher has 48 paintbrushes. She puts
8 paintbrushes on each table in her classroom.
How many tables are in her classroom?
_____
3. Ricardo has 2 cases of video games with the
same number of games in each case. He gives
4 games to his brother. Ricardo has 10 games
left. How many video games were in each case?
_____
4. Patty has $20 to spend on gifts for her friends.
Her mother gives her $5 more. If each gift
costs $5, how many gifts can she buy?
_____
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Joe has a collection of 35 DVD movies. He
received 8 of them as gifts. Joe bought the rest
of his movies over 3 years. If he bought the
same number of movies each year, how many
movies did Joe buy last year?
_____
6. Liz has a 24-inch-long ribbon. She cuts
nine 2-inch pieces from her original ribbon.
How much of the original ribbon is left?
_____
Chapter 7
P145
TEST
PREP
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC3.OA.8)
1. Gavin saved $16 to buy packs of
baseball cards. His father gives
him $4 more. If each pack of cards
costs $5, how many packs can
Gavin buy?
2. Chelsea buys 8 packs of markers.
Each pack contains the same
number of markers. Chelsea gives
10 markers to her brother. Then,
she has 54 markers left. How many
markers were in each pack?
A
3
A
6
B
4
B
7
C
5
C
8
D
6
D
9
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.8)
3. Each foot has 5 toes. How many
toes will 6 feet have? (Lesson 3.1)
4. Each month for 5 months, Sophie
makes 2 quilts. How many more
quilts does she need to make
before she has made 16 quilts?
(Lesson 4.10)
11
A
3
B
25
B
6
C
30
C
7
D
35
D
8
5. Meredith practices the piano for
3 hours each week. How many
hours will she practice in 8 weeks?
6. Find the unknown factor.
9 3 O 5 36
(Lesson 4.3)
A
18 hours
A
3
B
21 hours
B
4
C
24 hours
C
6
D
27 hours
D
8
P146
(Lesson 5.2)
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A
Lesson 7.11
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.8
Order of Operations
Solve problems involving the four operations, and
identify and explain patterns in arithmetic.
Write correct if the operations are listed in the correct order.
If not correct, write the correct order of operations.
1. 45 2 3 3 5
2. 3 3 4 4 2
subtract, multiply
divide, multiply
multiply, subtract
3. 5 1 12 4 2
4. 7 3 10 1 3
divide, add
add, multiply
Follow the order of operations to find the unknown
number.
5. 6 1 4 3 3 5 n
6. 8 2 3 1 2 5 k
n5_
k5_
p5_
9. 7 3 8 2 6 5 j
10. 4 1 3 3 9 5 w
j5_
w5_
8. 12 2 2 3 5 5 r
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
r5_
11. Shelley bought 3 kites for $6 each.
She gave the clerk $20. How much
change should Shelley get?
7. 24 4 3 1 5 5 p
12. Tim has 5 apples and 3 bags with
8 apples in each bag. How many
apples does Tim have in all?
Chapter 7
P147
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.8)
1. Natalie is making doll costumes.
Each costume has 4 buttons that
cost 3¢ each and a zipper that
costs 7¢. How much does she
spend on buttons and a zipper for
each costume?
2. Leonardo’s mother gave him
5 bags with 6 flower bulbs in each
bag to plant. He has planted all
except 3 bulbs. How many flower
bulbs has Leonardo planted?
A
19¢
C
40¢
A
12
C
27
B
33¢
D
49¢
B
15
D
33
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.3)
building is 9 feet tall. There are
10 stories in the building. How tall
is the apartment building? (Lesson 5.5)
4. Which of the following describes a
pattern in the table? (Lesson 5.1)
Tables
1
2
3
4
Chairs
4
8
12
16
A
90 feet
A Add
3.
B
80 feet
B Multiply by
C
19 feet
C Subtract
D
9 feet
3.
D Multiply by
5. For decorations, Meg cut out
8 groups of 7 snowflakes each.
How many snowflakes did Meg
cut out in all? (Lesson 4.5)
2.
4.
6. A small van can hold 6 students.
How many small vans are needed
to take 36 students on a field trip
to the music museum? (Lesson 7.6)
A
72
C
58
A
4
C
7
B
63
D
56
B
6
D
8
P148
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Each story in Will’s apartment
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.7,
CC.3.OA.8
Name
Chapter 7 Extra Practice
Lessons 7.1–7.2
Find the quotient. You may want to draw a quick
picture to help.
1. 8 4 2 5 _
2. _ 5 14 4 2
3. 18 4 2 5 _____
4. _ 5 12 4 2
5. 70 4 10 5 _
6. 50 4 10 5 _
7. 40 4 10 5 _
8. 90 4 10 5 _
1. 15 4 5 5 _
2. _ 5 45 4 5
3. _ 5 10 4 5
4. 40 4 5 5 _
5. 6 4 3 5 _____
6. _ 5 21 4 3
7. _ 5 24 4 3
8. _ 5 18 4 3
Lessons 7.3–7.4
Find the quotient.
9. There are 30 balloons arranged
in 6 equal groups. How many
balloons are in each group?
10. Mr. Song spends $27 on sports
drinks. Each bottle costs $3. How
many bottles does Mr. Song buy?
Lesson 7.5
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the quotient.
1. 28 4 4 5 _
2. _ 5 16 4 4
3. _ 5 20 4 4
4. _ 5 32 4 4
5. 4qw
36
6. 4qw
12
7. 4qw
24
8. 4qw
4
Find the unknown number.
9. a 5 40 4 4
a5_
10. 0 4 4 5 b
b5_
11. c 5 36 4 4
c5_
12. 8 4 4 5 d
d5_
Chapter 7
P149
Lessons 7.6–7.7
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
1. 7 3 _ 5 35
35 4 7 5 _
2. 6 3 _ 5 54
54 4 6 5 _
3. 6 3 _ 5 18
18 4 6 5 _
4. 7 3 _ 5 49
49 4 7 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. 36 4 6 5 _
6. 48 4 6 5 _
7. 7qw
63
8. 7qw
56
2. _ 5 24 4 8
3. 72 4 9 5 _
4. _ 5 81 4 9
7. 48 4 8 5 b
8. 56 4 8 5 p
b5_
p5_
Lessons 7.8–7.9
Find the quotient.
1. 40 4 8 5 _
Find the unknown number.
5. 36 4 9 5 m
m5_
6. 18 4 9 5
O
O5_
Lesson 7.10
2. Lizzy bought 4 bags of apples. Each
vase has the same number of
flowers. Sixteen flowers are sold.
Now there are 24 flowers left. How
many flowers were in each vase?
bag had the same number of apples.
Her mom gave her 8 more apples.
Now Lizzy has 36 apples. How many
apples were in each bag?
_______
_______
Lesson 7.11
Follow the order of operations to find the unknown number.
1. 10 2 3 1 4 5 t
t5_
P150
2. 8 2 3 3 2 5 p
p5_
3. 24 4 6 1 2 5 w
w5_
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
1. At a store, there are 5 vases. Each
8
denominator The part of a
fraction below the line that tells
how many equal parts are in the
whole or in the group
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will be
learning about fractions. We will learn to identify,
read, and write fractions as part of a whole and
as part of a group.
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with fractions.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught
to use unit fractions to find a fractional part of
a group.
equal parts Parts that are exactly
the same size
fraction A number that names
part of a whole or part of a group
numerator The part of a fraction
above the line that tells how many
equal parts are being counted
unit fraction A fraction that
names 1 equal part of a whole.
It has 1 as its top number, or
numerator.
Find How Many in a Fractional Part of a Group
This is how we will be finding how many are in a
fractional part of a group.
STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 3
__ of 9.
Find 1
Since you want to
__ of the
find 1
3
group, there
should be 3 equal
groups.
Circle one of the
__.
groups to show 1
3
Then count the
number of counters
in that group.
3
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Put 9 counters on
your MathBoard.
Equal Groups or Parts
Before you name a
fraction, be sure there
are equal groups or
parts.
There are 3 counters
in 1 group.
__ of 9 5 3.
So, 1
3
Activity
Display a group of 12 objects, such as crayons. Have your child find
fractional parts of the group by counting objects in equal groups. Ask your
1 (4), __
1 (3), __
1 (6), __
1 (2).
child to find these fractional groups of 12: __
2
3
4
6
Chapter 8
P151
8
denominador La parte de una
fracción que está debajo de la barra
y que indica cuántas partes iguales
hay en el entero o en el grupo
partes iguales Las partes que son
exactamente del mismo tamaño
Querida familia,
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase
de matemáticas aprenderemos sobre las fracciones.
Aprenderemos a identificar, leer y escribir fracciones
como parte de un todo y como parte de un grupo.
Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para practicar las
fracciones.
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como aprenderemos
a usar fracciones para hallar una parte fraccionaria
de un grupo.
fracción Un número que representa
una parte de un todo o una parte de
un grupo
numerador La parte de una fracción
que está arriba de la barra y que
indica cuántas partes iguales del
entero se están tomando en cuenta
fracción unitaria Una fracción que
se refiere a 1 parte igual de un
entero. Tiene un 1 en la parte de
arriba o numerador.
Hallar cuántos hay en una parte fraccionaria de un grupo
Así es como hallaremos cuántos hay en una parte
fraccionaria de un grupo.
PASO 1
PASO 2
PASO 3
Grupos o partes iguales
__ de 9.
Halla 1
Como quieres
Encierra en un
círculo uno de los
Antes de que nombres
una fracción, asegúrate de
que haya grupos o partes
iguales.
Coloca 9 fichas
en el MathBoard.
__ del grupo,
hallar 1
3
debe haber
3 grupos iguales.
grupos para mostrar
1. Luego cuenta la
__
3
cantidad de fichas
en el grupo.
Hay 3 fichas en 1
grupo. Por lo tanto,
1 de 9 5 3.
__
3
Actividad
Muestre un grupo de 12 objetos, como crayolas. Pida a su hijo que halle las
partes fraccionarias del grupo contando objetos en grupos iguales. Luego, pídale
1 (6), 1
__ (4), 1
_ (3), 1
_ (2).
que halle estos grupos fraccionarios de 12: __
2
4
6
3
P152
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3
Lesson 8.1
Name
Equal Parts of a Whole
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.1
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Write the number of equal parts.
Then write the name for the parts.
1.
2.
4 equal parts
_
_ equal parts
fourths
___
___
4.
3.
_ equal parts
_ equal parts
___
___
Write whether the shape is divided into equal parts or unequal parts.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5.
6.
___ parts
7. Diego cuts a round pizza into eight
___ parts
8. Madison is making a place mat. She
equal slices. What is the name for
the parts?
divides it into 6 equal parts to color.
What is the name for the parts?
___
___
Chapter 8
P153
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.1)
1. How many equal parts are in
this shape?
A
3
B
4
C
5
D
6
2. What is the name for the equal
parts of the whole?
A fourths
C eighths
B sixths
D thirds
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7)
4. Find the unknown factor
find the quotient. (Lesson 6.8)
and quotient. (Lesson 6.8)
49 4 7 5
93
A
6
C
8
B
7
D
9
5. There are 5 pairs of socks in one
package. Matt buys 3 packages of
socks. How many pairs of socks in
all does Matt buy? (Lesson 4.2)
45 4 9 5
A
4
C
6
B
5
D
7
6. Mrs. McCarr buys 9 packages of
markers for an art project. Each
package has 10 markers. How
many markers in all does Mrs.
McCarr buy? (Lesson 4.2)
A
30
A
10
B
15
B
19
C
10
C
81
D
8
D
90
P154
5 45
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Use a related multiplication fact to
Lesson 8.2
Name
Equal Shares
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.1
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
For 1–2, draw lines to show how much
each person gets. Write the answer.
1. 6 friends share 3 sandwiches equally.
3 sixths of a
sandwich
_______
2. 8 classmates share 4 pizzas equally.
_______
3. 4 teammates share 5 granola bars equally.
Draw to show how much each person
gets. Shade the amount that one person
gets. Write the answer.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
_______
4. Three brothers share 2 sandwiches
equally. How much of a sandwich
does each brother get?
5. Six neighbors share 4 pies equally.
How much of a pie does each
neighbor get?
Chapter 8
P155
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.1)
1. Two friends share 3 fruit bars
equally. How much does each
friend get?
2. Four brothers share 3 pizzas
equally. How much of a pizza does
each brother get?
A
3 halves
B
4 thirds
A
1 half
C
2 halves
C
3 fourths
B
2 thirds
D
3 halves
D
2 fourths
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NBT.2)
(Lesson 7.4)
3qw
27
4. Tyrice put 4 cookies in each of
7 bags. How many cookies in all
did he put in the bags? (Lesson 4.5)
A
6
B
7
A
11
C
32
C
8
B
28
D
40
D
9
5. Ryan earns $5 per hour raking
leaves. He earned $35. How many
hours did he rake leaves? (Lesson 7.3)
6. Hannah has 229 horse stickers and
164 kitten stickers. How many more
horse stickers than kitten stickers
does Hannah have? (Lesson 1.10)
A
5 hours
B
6 hours
A
45
C
145
C
7 hours
B
65
D
293
D
35 hours
P156
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Find the quotient.
Lesson 8.3
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.1
Unit Fractions of a Whole
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Write the number of equal parts in the whole.
Then write the fraction that names the shaded part.
1.
2.
6
__
equal parts
__ equal parts
1
_
6
__
__
4.
3.
__ equal parts
__ equal parts
__
__
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Draw a picture of the whole.
__ is
5. 1
3
7. Tyler made a pan of cornbread.
He cut it into 8 equal pieces and
ate 1 piece. What fraction of the
cornbread did Tyler eat?
__
1 is
6. __
8
8. Anna cut an apple into 4 equal
pieces. She gave 1 piece to her
sister. What fraction of the apple did
Anna give to her sister?
__
Chapter 8
P157
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.1)
1. What fraction names the
2. Tasha cut a fruit bar into 3 equal
shaded part?
parts. She ate 1 part. What fraction
of the fruit bar did Tasha eat?
__
A 1
__
A 1
3
__
B 1
4
__
C 1
6
__
D 1
8
2
__
B 1
3
__
C 1
4
__
D 1
6
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.MD.3)
equally among 5 cages. How many
lizards does Alex put in each cage?
(Lesson 6.9)
4. Find the product.
8315
A
0
A
0
B
B
1
1
C
C
5
8
D
D
10
9
5. Leo bought 6 chew toys for his new
puppy. Each chew toy cost $4. How
much did Leo spend in all for the
chew toys? (Lesson 4.1)
6. Lilly is making a picture graph. Each
picture of a star is equal to two books
she has read. The row for the month
of December has 3 stars. How many
books did Lilly read during the
month of December? (Lesson 2.2)
A
$10
A
3
B
$12
B
5
C
$18
C
6
D
$24
D
9
P158
(Lesson 3.7)
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Alex has 5 lizards. He divides them
Lesson 8.4
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.1
Fractions of a Whole
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Write the fraction that names each part. Write a fraction
in words and in numbers to name the shaded part.
1.
2.
1
_
6
Each part is __.
Each part is ___.
three
____
sixths
____ eighths
3
_
6
____
____
3.
4.
Each part is __.
Each part is __.
____ thirds
____
____ fourths
____
Shade the fraction circle to model the fraction.
Then write the fraction in numbers.
5. four out of six
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
__
7. Emma makes a poster for the
6. eight out of eight
__
8. Lucas makes a flag. It has 6 equal
school’s spring concert. She divides
the poster into 8 equal parts. She
uses two of the parts for the title.
What fraction of the poster does
Emma use for the title?
parts. Five of the parts are red. What
fraction of the flag is red?
____
____
Chapter 8
P159
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
(CC.3.NF.1)
1. What fraction names the
shaded part?
2. What fraction names the
shaded part?
4
A __
4
C __
6
__
B 2
4
8
__
D 2
6
A one fourth
B one third
C three fourths
D four thirds
(CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Sarah biked for 115 minutes last
week. Jennie biked for 89 minutes
last week. How many minutes in all
did the girls bike? (Lesson 1.7)
4. Harrison made a building using
124 blocks. Greyson made a
building using 78 blocks. How
many more blocks did Harrison
use than Greyson did? (Lesson 1.10)
A
26 minutes
C
204 minutes
A
46
C
154
B
194 minutes
D
294 minutes
B
56
D
202
5. Von bought a bag of 24 dog treats.
He gives his puppy 3 treats a day.
How many days will the bag of dog
treats last? (Lesson 7.4)
6. How many students chose
swimming? (Lesson 2.2)
Favorite Activity
Skating
A
3 days
Swimming
B
6 days
Biking
C
8 days
D
21 days
P160
Key: Each
5 5 votes.
A
5
C
20
B
10
D
25
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Spiral Review
(CC.3.NF.2a, CC.3.NF.2b)
1. Which fraction names point G on
the number line?
the number line?
'
'
+
>
__
A 1
)
+
*
+
(
'
+
+
'
*
__
C 4
4
__
B 2
4
4
__
D 4
1
Spiral Review
2. Which fraction names point R on
(
I
(
*
__
A 1
3
2
B __
3
__
C 3
3
__
D 3
2
(CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NF.1)
3. Each table in the cafeteria can seat
10 students. How many tables are
needed to seat 40 students?
(Lesson 7.2)
4. Which is an example of the
Commutative Property of
Multiplication? (Lesson 3.6)
A
6315631
A
10
C
5
B
4195439
B
8
D
4
C
4395934
D
6335239
5. Pedro shaded part of a circle.
Which fraction names the shaded
part? (Lesson 8.4)
1
A __
8
__
B 1
7
P162
*
*
7
C __
8
__
D 8
7
6. Which is true?
(Lesson 6.9)
A
84158
B
84858
C
83058
D
15831
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
Lesson 8.6
Name
Relate Fractions and Whole Numbers
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3c
Develop an understanding of fractions as numbers.
Use the number line to find whether the two numbers
are equal. Write equal or not equal.
0
1. __ and 1
6
not equal
____
6
2. 1 and __
6
1
__
3. __ and 6
6
6
____
____
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a fraction greater than 1
for the parts that are shaded.
4.
5.
25_
6.
7.
35_
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
45_
8. Rachel jogged along a trail that
__ of a mile long. She jogged
was 1
4
15_
1
9. Jon ran around a track that was __ of
8
along the trail 8 times. How many
miles did Rachel jog in all?
a mile long. He ran around the track
24 times. How many miles did Jon
run in all?
______
______
Chapter 8
P163
(CC.3.NF.3c)
1. Each shape is 1 whole. Which
fraction greater than 1 names the
parts that are shaded?
6
A ___
__
C 6
__
B 3
___
D 18
18
6
Spiral Review
3
6
fraction greater than 1 names the
parts that are shaded?
__
A 8
2
___
B 16
8
8
C ___
16
__
D 2
8
(CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.NF.1)
3. Tara has 598 pennies and 231
nickels. How many pennies and
nickels does she have in all?
(Lesson 1.7)
598
1 231
__
A
719
C
819
B
729
D
829
5. Alyssa divides a granola bar into
halves. How many equal parts are
there? (Lesson 8.1)
A
2
C
4
B
3
D
6
P164
2. Each shape is 1 whole. Which
4. Dylan read 6 books. Kylie read
double the number of books that
Dylan read. How many books did
Kylie read? (Lesson 4.1)
A
4
B
8
C
12
D
14
6. There are 4 students in each small
reading group. If there are
24 students in all, how many
reading groups are there? (Lesson 7.5)
A
5
C
7
B
6
D
8
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
Lesson 8.7
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.1
Fractions of a Group
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Write a fraction to name the shaded part of each group.
1.
6
_
8
__
2.
__
Write a whole number and a fraction greater
than 1 to name the part filled. Think: 1 container = 1
3.
4.
___
___
___
___
Draw a quick picture. Then, write a fraction
to name the shaded part of the group.
5. Draw 4 circles.
Shade 2 circles.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
___
7. Brian has 3 basketball cards and
5 baseball cards. What fraction of
6. Draw 6 circles.
Make 3 groups.
Shade 1 group.
___
8. Sophia has 3 pink tulips and 3 white
Brian’s cards are baseball cards?
tulips. What fraction of Sophia’s tulips
are pink?
___
___
Chapter 8
P165
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.1)
1. What fraction of the group
is shaded?
2. What fraction of the group
is shaded?
__
A 1
__
A 5
3
__
B 5
8
__
C 3
5
__
D 3
8
4
__
B 1
2
__
C 2
4
__
D 4
1
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NBT.2)
3. Which number sentence does the
array represent? (Lesson 4.5)
4. Juan has 436 baseball cards and
189 football cards. How many more
A
4 3 7 5 28
B
3 3 8 5 24
C
3 3 7 5 21
D
3 3 6 5 18
5. Sydney bought 3 bottles of glitter.
Each bottle of glitter cost $6. How
much did Sydney spend in all on
the bottles of glitter? (Lesson 4.3)
A
$24
C
$12
B
$18
D
$9
P166
A
625
B
353
C
347
D
247
6. Add.
(Lesson 1.7)
262
1 119
A
143
C
381
B
371
D
481
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
baseball cards than football cards
does Juan have? (Lesson 1.10)
Lesson 8.8
Name
Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.1
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Circle equal groups to solve. Count the number of
items in 1 group.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3
1 of 12 5 _
1. __
4
1 of 16 5 _
2. __
8
1 of 12 5 _
3. __
3
1 of 9 5 _
4. __
3
1 of 18 5 _
5. __
6
1 of 4 5 _
6. __
2
7. Marco drew 24 pictures. He drew
1
__ of them in art class. How many
6
8. Caroline has 16 marbles. One eighth
pictures did Marco draw in art class?
____
of them are blue. How many of
Caroline’s marbles are blue?
____
Chapter 8
P167
(CC.3.NF.1)
1. Ms. Davis made 12 blankets for
her grandchildren. One third of the
blankets are blue. How many blue
blankets did she make?
2. Jackson mowed 16 lawns. One
fourth of the lawns are on Main
Street. How many lawns on Main
Street did Jackson mow?
A
3
C
9
A
4
C
8
B
4
D
12
B
6
D
12
Spiral Review
(CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
3. Find the difference.
(Lesson 1.10)
4. Find the quotient.
(Lesson 7.6)
6qww
54
509
2175
__
A
334
A
6
B
374
B
7
C
434
C
8
D
474
D
9
5. There are 226 pets entered in the
pet show. What is 226 rounded to
the nearest hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
6. Ladonne made 36 muffins. She put
the same number of muffins on
each of 4 plates. How many muffins
did she put on each plate? (Lesson 7.5)
A
200
C
300
A
3
C
9
B
220
D
400
B
6
D
12
P168
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
PROBLEM SOLVING
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃ?D:ÃJ>;Ã>EB;Ã
HEKFÃI?D=ÃD?JÃH79J?EDI
Lesson 8.9
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.1
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Draw a quick picture to solve.
1. Katrina has 2 blue ribbons for her hair.
One fourth of all her ribbons are blue. How
many ribbons does Katrina have in all?
8 ribbons
_____
2. One eighth of Tony’s books are mystery
books. He has 3 mystery books. How
many books does Tony have in all?
_____
3. Brianna has 4 pink bracelets. One third
of all her bracelets are pink. How many
bracelets does Brianna have?
_____
4. Ramal filled 3 pages in a stamp album. This is
one sixth of the pages in the album. How many
pages are there in Ramal’s stamp album?
_____
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Jeff helped repair one half of the bicycles in a bike
shop last week. If Jeff worked on 5 bicycles, how
many bicycles did the shop repair in all last week?
_____
6. Layla collects postcards. She has 7 postcards from
Europe. Her postcards from Europe are one third
of her total collection. How many postcards in all
does Layla have?
_____
Chapter 8
P169
TEST
PREP
;IIEDÃ>;9AÃ (CC.3.NF.1)
1. A zoo has 2 male lions. One sixth
of the lions are male lions. How
many lions are there at the zoo?
2. Max has 5 red model cars. One
third of his model cars are red. How
many model cars does Max have?
A
4
C
8
A
B
6
D
12
B
15
12
C
D
10
8
F?H7BÃ;L?;MÃ (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.NF.1)
park. What is the number of trees
rounded to the nearest hundred?
(Lesson 1.2)
4. The Jones family is driving 458
miles on their vacation. So far, they
have driven 267 miles. How many
miles do they have left to drive?
A
300
B
380
C
400
458
2 267
__
D
500
A
191 miles
C
211 miles
B
201 miles
D
291 miles
5. Ken has 6 different colors of
marbles. He has 9 marbles of each
color. How many marbles does Ken
have in all? (Lesson 4.3)
A
15
B
45
C
54
D
63
P170
(Lesson 1.10)
6. Eight friends share two pizzas
equally. How much of a pizza does
each friend get? (Lesson 8.2)
A
8 halves
C
2 sixths
B
4 eighths
D
2 eighths
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. There are 382 trees in the local
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.NF.2a, CC.3.NF.2b,
CC.3.NF.3c
Name
Chapter 8 Extra Practice
Lesson 8.1
Write the number of equal parts. Then write the name for the parts.
1.
3.
2.
____ equal parts
____ equal parts
____ equal parts
Lesson 8.2
Draw lines to show how much each
person gets. Write the answer.
1. 4 friends share 3 oranges equally.
2. 6 sisters share 4 sandwiches equally.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lessons 8.3–8.4
Write the number of equal parts in the whole. Write a fraction
in words and in numbers to name the shaded part.
1.
2.
____ equal parts
____________ eighths
____ equal parts
____________ thirds
Chapter 8
P171
Lesson 8.5
Write the fraction that names the point.
1. point A _
3. point C _
2. point B _
Lesson 8.6
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a fraction
greater than 1 for the parts that are shaded.
1.
2.
35_
25_
Lesson 8.7
Write a fraction to name the shaded part of each group.
2.
______
______
Lessons 8.8–8.9
Draw a quick picture to solve.
1. Charlotte has 12 T-shirts. One fourth
of her T-shirts are green. How many
of Charlotte’s T-shirts are green?
P172
2. Josh walks 18 dogs each week.
Today, he is walking 1_3 of the dogs.
How many dogs is he walking today?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
1.
9
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will be
learning more about fractions. We will learn how
to compare fractions, order fractions, and find
equivalent fractions.
equivalent fractions Two or
more fractions that name the
same amount
greater than (.) A symbol used
to compare two numbers, with the
greater number given first
less than (,) A symbol used to
compare two numbers, with the
lesser number given first
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with fractions.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught
to compare fractions that have the same
numerator.
Compare Fractions with the Same Numerator
This is one way we will be comparing fractions that have
the same numerator.
STEP 1
STEP 2
__ and 4
__ .
Compare 4
Since the numerators are the same,
look at the denominators, 8 and 6.
8
6
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Look at the
numerators.
Each numerator is 4.
The more pieces a whole is divided
into, the smaller the pieces are.
Eighths are smaller pieces than sixths.
The numerators are
the same.
__ is a smaller fraction of the
So, 4
8
__.
whole than 4
6
4
4,4
__ is less than 4
__. __
__
8
6 8
6
Identifying Fewer
Pieces
The fewer pieces a
whole is divided into,
the larger the pieces
are. For example, when
a whole is divided into
6 equal pieces, the
pieces are larger than
when the same size
whole is divided into
__
8 equal pieces. So, 4
6
4
is greater than (.) _8_.
Activity
Play a card game to help your child practice comparing fractions. On
several cards, write a pair of fractions with the same numerator and draw
a circle between the fractions. Players take turns drawing a card and
telling whether greater than (.) or less than (,) belongs in the circle.
Chapter 9
P173
9
fracciones equivalentes Dos o más
fracciones que representan la misma
cantidad
mayor que Símbolo que se usa para
comparar dos números. El número
mayor se escribe primero (.).
Querida familia,
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de
matemáticas aprenderemos más sobre las
fracciones. Aprenderemos a comparar y ordenar
fracciones, y a hallar fracciones equivalentes.
menor que Símbolo que se usa para
comparar dos números. El número
menor se escribe primero (,).
Llevaré a la casa tareas para practicar las
fracciones.
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como
aprenderemos a comparar fracciones que tienen el
mismo numerador.
Comparar fracciones que tienen el mismo denominador
Paso 1
Paso 2
__ y 4
__.
Compara 4
8
6
Dado que los numeradores son iguales,
Mira los denominadores 8 y 6.
Mira los numeradores.
Cada numerador es 4.
Los numeradores son
iguales.
Entre más piezas se divida un entero, las
piezas serán más pequeñas. Los octavos
son piezas más pequeñas que los sextos.
__ es una fracción menor
Por lo tanto, 4
8
__.
del entero que 4
6
Identificar menos piezas
Entre menos piezas se
divida un entero, las piezas
serán más grandes. Por
ejemplo, si un entero se
divide en 6 piezas iguales,
las piezas son más grandes
que las piezas del mismo
entero, si éste se divide
en 8 piezas iguales. Por
4 es mayor que
lo tanto, __
6
4
(.) __.
8
4 es menor que 4
4,4
__
__. __
__
8
6 8 6
Actividad
Ayude a su hijo a comparar fracciones jugando con tarjetas de fracciones.
En varias tarjetas, escriba pares de fracciones con el mismo numerador y
dibuje un círculo entre las fracciones. Túrnense para dibujar cada tarjeta
y decir qué debe ir en el círculo: “mayor que” o “menor que.”
P174
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Esta es una manera como compararemos fracciones que
tienen el mismo numerador.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃECF7H;ÃH79J?EDI
Lesson 9.1
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3d
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Solve.
2
1. Luis skates __ mile from his home to
3
__ mile to get to
school. Isabella skates 2
4
school. Who skates farther?
Think: Use fraction strips to act it out.
Luis
______
2. Sandra makes a pizza. She puts
__ of the pizza. She adds
mushrooms on 2
8
__ of the pizza. Which
green peppers to 5
8
topping covers more of the pizza?
______
3. The jars of paint in the art room have
different amounts of paint. The green
__ full. The purple paint jar is
paint jar is 4
8
4 full. Which
__
paint jar is less full?
6
______
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
4. Jan has a recipe for bread. She uses
2
__ cup of flour and 1
__ cup of chopped
3
3
onion. Which ingredient does she use
more of, flour or onion?
______
3
5. Edward walked __ mile from his home to
4
__ mile from
the park. Then he walked 2
4
the park to the library. Which distance
is shorter?
______
Chapter 9
P175
TEST
PREP
;IIEDÃ>;9AÃ(CC.3.NF.3d)
1. Ali and Jonah collect seashells in
identical buckets. When they are
__ full and
finished, Ali’s bucket is 2
3 full. 6Which of
Jonah’s bucket is __
6
the following correctly compares
the fractions?
2
A __
__
53
6
6
2
3
B __ . __
6
6
__
C 3
__
,2
6
6
3
2
D __ . __
6
6
2. Rosa paints a wall in her bedroom.
__ of the
She puts green paint on 5
8
__ of the
wall and blue paint on 3
8
wall. Which of the following
correctly compares the fractions?
5
A __
__
C 3
__
.3
8
8
5
3
B __ , __
8
8
__
.5
8
8
3
5
D __ 5 __
8
8
F?H7BÃ;L?;MÃ(CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NF.1)
3. Dan divides a pie into eighths. How
4. Which shows equal parts?
(Lesson 8.1)
many equal parts are there? (Lesson 8.1)
3
B
6
C
8
D
10
5. Charles places 30 pictures on his
bulletin board in 6 equal rows. How
many pictures are in each row?
(Lesson 6.7)
A
C
B
D
6. Which of the following describes a
pattern in the table? (Lesson 5.1)
Tables
1
2
3
4
5
Chairs
5
10
15
20
25
A
3
B
4
A Add
1.
C Multiply by
2.
C
5
B Add
4.
D Multiply by
5.
D
6
P176
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A
Lesson 9.2
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3d
Compare Fractions with the
Same Denominator
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Compare. Write ,, ., or 5.
__
1. 3
4
. 1__4
__
2. 3
6
0
__
6
__
3. 1
2
1
__
2
5
4. __
6
6
__
6
7
5. __
8
5
__
8
2
6. __
3
3
__
3
8
7. __
8
0
__
8
1
8. __
6
1
__
6
3
9. __
4
2
__
4
1
10. __
6
2
__
6
1
11. __
2
0
__
2
3
12. __
8
3
__
8
1
13. __
4
4
__
4
5
14. __
8
4
__
8
4
15. __
6
6
__
6
5
16. Ben mowed __ of his lawn in
6
__ of his
one hour. John mowed 4
6
lawn in one hour. Who mowed
less of his lawn in one hour?
17. Darcy baked 8 muffins. She put
__ of the muffins.
blueberries in 5
8
3 of the
She put raspberries in __
8
muffins. Did more muffins have
blueberries or raspberries?
Chapter 9
P177
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.3d)
2
1. Julia paints __ of a wall in her room
6
white. She paints more of the wall
green. Which fraction could show
the part of the wall that is green?
1
A __
6
2
B __
6
2. Liam is comparing fraction circles.
Which of the following statements
is true?
1 __
A __ 5 1
2 2
3 4
__
B __ .
4 4
__
C 3
6
0
D __
6
4,3
__
C __
6 6
2 3
D __ 5 __
8 8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NBT.3)
each of his kitchen cabinets. The
kitchen has 9 cabinets. How many
knobs does he buy? (Lesson 4.1)
4. Allie builds a new bookcase with
8 shelves. She can put 30 books
on each shelf. How many books
can the bookcase hold? (Lesson 5.4)
A
20
A
30
B
18
B
38
C
16
C
240
D
12
D
300
5. The Good Morning Café has
28 customers for breakfast. There
are 4 people sitting at each table.
6. Ella wants to use the Commutative
How many tables are filled?
Property of Multiplication to help
find the product 5 3 4. Which
number sentence can she use?
(Lesson 7.5)
(Lesson 3.6)
A
8
A
51459
B
7
B
5 3 5 5 25
C
6
C
52451
D
4
D
4 3 5 5 20
P178
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Mr. Edwards buys 2 new knobs for
Lesson 9.3
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3d
Compare Fractions with the
Same Numerator
Compare. Write ,, ., or 5.
1
3
1
1. __ , __
2. __
8
8
2
2
3. __
3
2
__
4
3
__
6
2
4. __
8
2
__
3
3
5. __
6
3
__
4
1
6. __
2
1
__
6
5
7. __
6
5
__
8
4
8. __
8
4
__
8
6
9. __
8
6
__
6
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
10. Javier is buying food in the lunch
__ full.
line. The tray of salad plates is 3
8
__ full. Which
The tray of fruit plates is 3
4
tray is more full?
11. Rachel bought some buttons.
__ are yellow and
Of the buttons, 2
4
2 are red. Rachel
__
bought more
8
of which color buttons?
Chapter 9
P179
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.3d)
1. Which symbol makes the
2. Which symbol makes the
statement true?
3 M __
3
__
4 8
statement true?
2 M __
2
__
4 3
A .
A .
B ,
B ,
C 5
C 5
D none
D none
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NF.1)
4. Which fraction names the shaded
parts and shaded 1 of the parts.
Which fraction names the part she
shaded? (Lesson 8.3)
part of the rectangle? (Lesson 8.4)
1
A __
1
A __
6
1
B __
5
__
C 5
6
1
D __
1
5. Chip worked at the animal shelter
for 6 hours each week for several
weeks. He worked for a total of
42 hours. Which of the following
can be used to find the number of
weeks Chip worked at the animal
shelter? (Lesson 7.6)
8
2
B __
8
8
8
D __
8
6. Mr. Jackson has 20 quarters. If
he gives 4 quarters to each of his
children, how many children does
Mr. Jackson have? (Lesson 7.5)
A
6 1 42
A
3
B
42 2 6
B
4
C
42 4 6
C
5
D
42 3 6
D
6
P180
__
C 6
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Anita divided a circle into 6 equal
Lesson 9.4
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3d
Compare Fractions
Develop an understanding of fractions as numbers.
Compare. Write ,, ., or 5. Write the strategy
you used.
3
3
7
__
__
__
1. __
2. 2
8 , 4
3
8
Think: The numerators
are the same. Compare
the denominators.
The greater fraction
will have the lesser
denominator.
3
3. __
4
1
__
4
same
numerator
____
____
____
____
____
____
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Name a fraction that is less than or greater than the
given fraction. Draw to justify your answer.
1
4. greater than __ ___
3
3
5. less than __ ___
4
6. At the third-grade party, two groups
7. Ben and Antonio both take the same
bus to school. Ben’s ride is _78 mile.
Antonio’s ride is 3_ mile. Who has a
each had their own pizza. The blue
group ate 7_8 pizza. The green group
ate 2_8 pizza. Which group ate more
of their pizza?
longer bus ride?
4
Chapter 9
P181
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.3d)
1. Which statement is correct?
2.7
__
A __
3 8
2 7
B __ , __
3 8
__ 5 7
__
C 2
3 8
7 2
D __ , __
8 3
2. Which symbol makes the
statement true?
2
2
__
__
M
4
6
A .
B ,
C 5
D none
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.NBT.3, CC.3.NF.3c)
40 apples. They put all their apples
in one crate. How many apples are
in the crate? (Lesson 5.5)
A
40
B
43
C
120
D
123
5. Which related multiplication fact
can you use to find 16 4 O 5 2?
(Lesson 7.8)
4. Each shape is 1 whole. Which
fraction is represented by the
shaded part of the model?
(Lesson 8.6)
2
A __
4
4
B __
4
4
8
D __
1
6. What is the unknown factor?
9 3 O 5 36
A
4 3 4 5 16
A
7
B
8 3 2 5 16
B
6
C
83158
C
4
D
43258
D
3
P182
__
C 8
(Lesson 5.2)
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Cam, Stella, and Rose each picked
Lesson 9.5
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3d
Compare and Order Fractions
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Write the fractions in order from greatest to least.
4, __
1, 3
__
1. __
4 4 4
4
3
1
_
_
_
4 _,
4 _
4
_,
2 5, 1
__ _, _, _
2. __, __
8 8 8
Think: The denominators are
the same, so compare the
numerators: 4 . 3 . 1.
1, 1
__, 1
__ _, _, _
3. __
3 6 2
2 2, 2
__ _, _, _
4. __, __
3 6 8
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Write the fractions in order from least to greatest.
2 __, 3
__ _, _, _
5. __, 4
4 4 4
__, 5
__, 2
__ _, _, _
6. 4
6 6 6
7 __, 3
__ _, _, _
7. __, 0
8 8 8
3 __, 3
__ _, _, _
8. __, 3
4 6 8
7
9. Mr. Jackson ran __ mile on Monday.
8
__ mile on Wednesday and
He ran 3
8
5 mile on
__
Friday. On which day
8
did Mr. Jackson run the shortest
distance?
10. Delia has three pieces of ribbon.
__ foot long. Her
Her red ribbon is 2
4
__ foot long.
green ribbon is 2
3
__ foot long.
Her yellow ribbon is 2
6
She wants to use the longest piece
for a project. Which color ribbon
should Delia use?
Chapter 9
P183
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.3d)
1. Which list orders the fractions from
2. Which list orders the fractions
least to greatest?
from greatest to least?
1 __ , 1
__
A __ , 1
3 __ , 3
__
A __ , 3
8
1
B __ ,
3
__ ,
C 1
8
1
D __ ,
6
3
1
__ ,
6
1
__ ,
6
1
__ ,
8
8
3
B __ ,
4
__ ,
C 3
4
3
D __ ,
6
6
1
__
8
1
__
3
1
__
3
6
3
__ ,
6
3
__ ,
8
3
__ ,
4
4
3
__
8
3
__
4
3
__
8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.MD.3)
3. What fraction of the group of cars
is shaded? (Lesson 8.7)
4. Wendy has 6 pieces of fruit. Of
these, 2 pieces are bananas. What
fraction of Wendy’s fruit is bananas?
(Lesson 8.7)
8
1
B __
2
__
C 5
8
3
D __
5
5. Toby collects data and makes a
bar graph about his classmates’
pets. He finds that 9 classmates
have dogs, 2 classmates have fish,
6 classmates have cats, and
3 classmates have gerbils. Which
pet will have the longest bar on the
bar graph? (Lesson 2.5)
2
A __
6
2
B __
4
C cat
B fish
D gerbil
P184
6
2
D __
2
6. The number sentence is an
example of which multiplication
property? (Lesson 4.4)
6 3 7 5 (6 3 5) 1 (6 3 2)
A Associative
B Commutative
C Distributive
A dog
__
C 4
D Identity
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3
A __
Lesson 9.6
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3a
Model Equivalent Fractions
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Shade the model. Then divide the pieces to find the
equivalent fraction.
1.
2.
4
2 5 ___
__
8
4
1 5 ___
__
3
6
Use the number line to find the equivalent fraction.
3.
1 5 ___
__
4
2
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3
5. Mike says that __ of his fraction
3
model is shaded blue. Ryan says that
6 of the same model is shaded blue.
__
6
Are the two fractions equivalent?
If so, what is another equivalent
fraction?
4.
3 5 ___
__
4
8
4
6. Brett shaded __ of a sheet of
8
notebook paper. Aisha says he
__ of the paper. Are the two
shaded 1
2
fractions equivalent? If so, what is
another equivalent fraction?
Chapter 9
P185
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.3a)
2
1. Find the fraction equivalent to __.
3
1
2. Find the fraction equivalent to __.
4
3
A __
2
4
B __
6
3
C __
6
1
D __
3
1
A __
2
2
B __
4
2
C __
8
6
D __
8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NF.1)
3. Eric practiced piano and guitar for
a total of 8 hours this week. He
__ of that
practiced the piano for 1
4
time. How many hours did Eric
practice the piano this week?
4. Kylee bought a pack of
12 cookies. One-third of the
cookies are peanut butter. How
many of the cookies in the pack
are peanut butter? (Lesson 8.8)
(Lesson 8.8)
A
6 hours
C
3 hours
A
9
C
4
B
4 hours
D
2 hours
B
6
D
3
game. The coach puts 7 students in
each van. Which number sentence
can be used to find how many vans
are needed to take the students to
the game? (Lesson 7.7)
6. Which number sentence can be
used to describe the picture?
(Lesson 7.1)
A
56 1 7 5 n
A
21456
B
n 1 7 5 56
B
42252
C
n 3 7 5 56
C
43154
D
56 2 7 5 n
D
84254
P186
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. There are 56 students going to the
Lesson 9.7
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3b
Equivalent Fractions
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Each shape is 1 whole. Shade the model to find the
equivalent fraction.
1.
2.
3
6
__ 5 ___
4
3
1 5 ___
__
2
6
Circle equal groups to find the equivalent fraction.
3.
4.
2 5 ___
__
4
2
4 5 ___
__
6
3
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. May painted 4 out of 8 equal parts
of a poster board blue. Jared
painted 2 out of 4 equal parts of a
same-size poster board red. Write
fractions to show which part of the
poster board each person painted.
6. Are the fractions equivalent? Draw a
model to explain.
Chapter 9
P187
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.3b)
6
1. Which fraction is equivalent to __?
8
1
A __
4
1
B __
3
__
C 3
4
4
D __
6
1
2. Which fraction is equivalent to __?
3
1
A __
6
2
B __
8
__
C 2
6
2
D __
3
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.OA.7)
by the array? (Lesson 6.7)
4. Cody put 4 plates on the table. He
put 1 apple on each plate. Which
number sentence can be used to
find the total number of apples on
the table? (Lesson 3.7)
A
82256
A
41155
B
83158
B
42153
C
2 1 8 5 10
C
43154
D
16 4 2 5 8
D
44252
5. Which number sentence is a
related fact to 7 3 3 5 21?
(Lesson 6.8)
6. Find the quotient.
4 qw
36
A
7 1 3 5 10
A
9
B
72354
B
8
C
7 3 2 5 14
C
7
D
21 4 3 5 7
D
6
P188
(Lesson 7.5)
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Which number sentence is shown
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.NF.3a, CC.3.NF.3b, CC.3.NF.3d
Name
Chapter 9 Extra Practice
Lesson 9.1
Solve. Show your work.
Nick
2. Rafael walked mile and then rode
his scooter _2 mile. Which distance
_ mile
_2
3
Ed
6
is farther?
homework before dinner. Who
finished the greater part of his
homework?
8
1. Nick finished 4_8 of his homework
before dinner. Ed finished 7_ of his
is farther.
Lessons 9.2–9.3
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Compare. Write <, >, or =.
2
1. __
6
3
__
6
6
2. __
8
1
__
8
3
3. __
8
3
__
4
1
4. __
6
1
__
8
2
5. __
3
2
__
6
1
6. __
8
3
__
8
Lesson 9.4
Compare. Write <, >, or = . Write the strategy you used.
2
1. __
8
2
__
3
5
2. __
6
1
__
6
7
3. __
8
3
__
4
Chapter 9
P189
Lesson 9.5
Write the fractions in order from greatest to least.
1 __ , 1
__
1. __ , 1
2 4 3
,
,
4 __ , 2
__
2. __ , 1
6 6 6
,
,
,
,
Write the fractions in order from least to greatest.
3 3, 3
__
3. __ , __
6 4 8
,
,
6 , __
3, 5
__
4. __
8 8 8
Lessons 9.6–9.7
Shade the model. Then divide the pieces to find the
equivalent fraction.
1.
2.
1
__ 5 ___
4
8
2
__ 5 ___
3
6
Use the number line to find the equivalent fraction.
4.
1 ___
__
25 8
6.
3 ___
__
45 8
P190
2 ___
__
25 6
Each shape is 1 whole. Shade the model to find the
equivalent fraction .
5.
1 ___
__
25 6
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3.
10
A.M. The times after midnight and
before noon
elapsed time The amount of time
that passes from the start of an
activity to the end of the activity
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will
be learning about measurement. We will learn to
measure time, length, liquid volume, and mass.
P.M.
The times after noon and
before midnight
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with telling time, finding elapsed time,
and solving problems with measurement.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught
to find elapsed time.
Find Elapsed Time
This is one way we will be learning to find elapsed time.
Start time: 2:06 P.M. End time: 2:20 P.M.
STEP 1
STEP 2
Find the starting time on a the
number line. Count on to the
ending time, 2:20.
Add the minutes.
+d`e 1 (' min
2:06 2:10
2:20
4 1 10 5 14
Another Way to
Find Elapsed Time
Another way to find the
elapsed time is to use an
analog clock.
0
4
11 12 1
2
10
9
3 9
4
8
7 6 5
14
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
So, the elapsed time is 14 minutes.
Activity
Have your child practice telling time and finding elapsed time.
Ask questions such as, “Soccer practice starts at 3:30 P.M.
It ends at 4:20 P.M. How many minutes does it last?”
Chapter 10
P191
10
Querida familia,
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de
matemáticas aprenderemos sobre mediciones.
Aprenderemos a medir el tiempo, la longitud, el
volumen de los líquidos y la masa.
A.M. El tiempo después de la media
noche y antes del medio día
tiempo transcurrido El periodo de
tiempo que transcurre desde el inicio
hasta el final de una actividad
P.M. El tiempo después del medio día
y antes de la media noche
Llevaré a la casa tareas con actividades que
incluyen decir la hora, hallar el tiempo transcurrido, y
resolver problemas con mediciones.
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como
aprenderemos a hallar el tiempo transcurrido.
Esta es una manera de hallar el tiempo transcurrido.
Hora de inicio: 2:06 P.M. Final: 2:20 P.M.
PASO 1
PASO 2
Halla en una recta numérica
la hora de inicio. Cuenta hacia
adelante hasta llegar a la hora
final, 2:20.
Suma los minutos.
4 1 10 5 14
+d`e 1 (' min
2:06 2:10
2:20
Otra manera de hallar el
tiempo transcurrido
Otra manera de hallar el
tiempo transcurrido es usar
un reloj analógico.
0
4
11 12 1
2
10
9
3 9
4
8
7 6 5
14
Por tanto, el tiempo transcurrido es 14 minutos.
Actividad
Pida a su hijo o hija que practique cómo decir la hora y hallar el tiempo
transcurrido. Usen las actividades familiares o las actividades programadas
para practicar el tiempo transcurrido. Por ejemplo, “El entrenamiento de fútbol
empieza a las 3:30 P.M. y termina a las 4:20 P.M. ¿Cuántos minutos dura?”
P192
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Hallar el tiempo transcurrido
Lesson 10.1
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.1
Time to the Minute
Solve problems involving measurement and
estimation of intervals of time, liquid volumes, and
masses of objects.
Write the time. Write one way you can read the time.
1.
2.
1:16;
sixteen
____
minutes
after
____
one
____
4.
5.
3.
4:13
____
____
____
____
____
____
6.
7:24
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
Write the time another way.
7. 23 minutes after 4
_______
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
9. 10 minutes before 9
_______
11. What time is it when the hour hand
is a little past the 3 and the minute
hand is pointing to the 3?
_______
8. 18 minutes before 11
_______
10. 7 minutes after 1
_______
12. Pete began practicing at twenty-
five minutes before eight. What is
another way to write this time?
_______
Chapter 10
P193
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.1)
1. Which is another way to write
13 minutes before 10?
2. What time does the clock show?
A
9:47
B
10:13
C
10:47
A
2:20
C
3:20
D
11:13
B
2:40
D
4:10
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.6)
4. Find the unknown factor.
wings will 5 birds have? (Lesson 3.1)
9 3 O 5 36
A
7
A
4
B
8
B
6
C
9
C
8
D
10
D
27
5. Mr. Wren has 56 paintbrushes. He
places 8 paintbrushes on each of
the tables in the art room. How
many tables are in the art room?
(Lesson 6.3)
6. Which number completes the
equations? (Lesson 6.7)
4 3 T 5 20
A
4
B
5
A
6
C
6
B
7
D
16
C
9
D
48
P194
(Lesson 5.2)
20 4 4 5 T
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Each bird has 2 wings. How many
Lesson 10.2
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.1
A.M. and P.M.
Solve problems involving measurement and
estimation of intervals of time, liquid volumes, and
masses of objects.
Write the time for the activity. Use A.M. or P.M.
1. eat lunch
2. go home after school
12:20 P.M.
____
4. go for a walk
3. see the sunrise
2:53
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
____
____
5. go to school
6. get ready for art class
8:10
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
____
____
____
Write the time. Use A.M. or P.M.
7. 13 minutes after 5:00 in the morning
_______
9. quarter before midnight
8. 19 minutes before 9:00 at night
_______
10. one-half hour after 4:00 in the
morning
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
_______
_______
11. Jaime is in math class. What time is it? 12. Pete began practicing his trumpet at
Use A.M. or P.M.
_______
fifteen minutes past three. Write this
time using A.M. or P.M.
_______
Chapter 10
P195
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.1)
1. Steven is doing his homework.
What time is it? Use A.M. or P.M.
4:35
2. After he finished breakfast,
Mr. Edwards left for work at
fifteen minutes after seven.
What time is this? Use A.M. or P.M.
A
4:15 P.M.
A
6:15 A.M.
B
4:25 A.M.
B
7:15 A.M.
C
4:35 P.M.
C
6:45 P.M.
D
4:35 A.M.
D
7:30 P.M.
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.NBT.3, CC.3.NF.3d)
to the multiplication equation
4 3 6 5 24? (Lesson 6.7)
4. There are 50 toothpicks in each
box. Jaime buys 4 boxes for her
party platter. How many toothpicks
does Jaime buy in all? (Lesson 5.4)
A
24 4 8 5 3
A
20
B
12 4 3 5 4
B
54
C
6 3 4 5 24
C
200
D
24 4 4 5 6
D
2,000
5. A pet store sold 145 bags of
beef-flavored dog food and
263 bags of cheese-flavored dog
food. How many bags of dog food
were sold in all? (Lesson 1.6)
A
118
B
308
C
408
D
422
P196
6. Victoria and Melody are comparing
fraction strips. Which statement is
NOT correct? (Lesson 9.2)
1 4
A __ < __
4 4
3 4
B __ > __
6 6
2 __
C __
>1
8 8
2 3
D __ < __
3 3
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Which division equation is related
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.1)
1. Marcus began playing basketball
at 3:30 P.M. and stopped playing
at 3:55 P.M. For how many minutes
did he play basketball?
2. The school play started at 8:15 P.M.
and ended at 8:56 P.M. How long
was the school play?
A
25 minutes
A
15 minutes
B
30 minutes
B
31 minutes
C
55 minutes
C
41 minutes
D
85 minutes
D
56 minutes
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.NBT.3)
wheels will 7 cars have? (Lesson 3.1)
4. Which number completes the
equations? (Lesson 6.7)
3 3 O 5 27
A
11
A
6
B
24
B
7
C
27
C
8
D
28
D
9
5. There are 20 napkins in each
package. Kelli bought 8 packages
for her party. How many napkins
did Kelli buy in all? (Lesson 5.4)
6. Mr. Martin drove 290 miles last
week. This week he drove
125 miles more than last week.
How many miles did Mr. Martin
drive this week? (Lesson 1.7)
A
28
A
125 miles
B
40
B
165 miles
C
160
C
315 miles
D
180
D
415 miles
P198
27 4 3 5 O
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Each car has 4 wheels. How many
Lesson 10.4
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.1
Use Time Intervals
Solve problems involving measurement and
estimation of intervals of time, liquid volumes, and
masses of objects.
Find the starting time.
1. Ending time: 4:29 P.M.
Elapsed time: 55 minutes
2 -d`e 2)'d`e
*1*+ *1+'
2. Ending time: 10:08 A.M.
Elapsed time: 30 minutes
2 )'d`e 2 0d`e
+1''
+1)' +1)0
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
3:34 P.M.
Find the ending time.
3. Starting time: 2:15 A.M.
Elapsed time: 45 minutes
4. Starting time: 6:57 P.M.
Elapsed time: 47 minutes
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
5. Jenny spent 35 minutes doing
research on the Internet. She
finished at 7:10 P.M. At what time
did Jenny start her research?
6. Clark left for school at 7:43 A.M. He
got to school 36 minutes later. At
what time did Clark get to school?
Chapter 10
P199
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.1)
1. Cody and his friends started playing
a game at 6:30 P.M. It took them
37 minutes to finish the game. At
what time did they finish?
2. Delia worked for 45 minutes on
her oil painting. She took a break at
10:35 A.M. At what time did Delia
start working on the painting?
A
5:07 P.M.
C
6:53 P.M.
A
9:40 A.M.
C
11:20 A.M.
B
5:53 P.M.
D
7:07 P.M.
B
9:50 A.M.
D
11:30 A.M.
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.MD.1)
wants to put an equal number of
pins in each of 5 boxes. How many
pins should she put in each box?
4. What time is shown on the clock?
(Lesson 10.1)
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
(Lesson 6.4)
?
?
?
?
?
30 pins
A
4
C
6
B
5
D
8
5. Ricardo has 32 books to put on
4 shelves. He puts the same
number of books on each shelf.
How many books does Ricardo
put on each shelf? (Lesson 7.5)
A
1:24
C
4:12
B
2:24
D
5:12
6. Jon started playing a computer
game at 5:35 P.M. He finished the
game at 5:52 P.M. How long did
Jon play the game? (Lesson 10.3)
A
6
C
8
A
17 minutes
C
25 minutes
B
7
D
9
B
23 minutes
D
27 minutes
P200
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Sierra has 30 collector’s pins. She
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 10.5
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃ?C;ÃDJ;HL7BI
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.1
Solve problems involving measurement and
estimation of intervals of time, liquid volumes, and
masses of objects.
Solve each problem. Show your work.
1. Hannah wants to meet her friends
downtown. Before leaving home,
she does chores for 60 minutes and
eats lunch for 20 minutes. The walk
downtown takes 15 minutes. Hannah
starts her chores at 11:45 A.M. At what
time does she meet her friends?
1:20
P.M.
_____
2. Katie practiced the flute for 45 minutes.
Then she ate a snack for 15 minutes.
Next, she watched television for
30 minutes, until 6:00 P.M. At what time
did Katie start practicing the flute?
_____
3. Nick gets out of school at 2:25 P.M. He
has a 15-minute ride home on the bus.
Next, he goes on a 30-minute bike
ride. Then he spends 55 minutes doing
homework. At what time does Nick
finish his homework?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
_____
4. The third-grade class is going on a field
trip by bus to the museum. The bus
leaves the school at 9:45 A.M. The bus
ride takes 47 minutes. At what time
does the bus arrive at the museum?
_____
Chapter 10
P201
TEST
PREP
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.MD.1)
1. Gloria went to the mall and spent
50 minutes shopping. Then she
had lunch for 30 minutes. If Gloria
arrived at the mall at 11:00 A.M., at
what time did she finish lunch?
2. The ball game begins at 2:00
P.M.
It takes Ying 30 minutes to get to
the ballpark. At what time should
Ying leave home to get to the game
30 minutes before it starts?
A
11:30 A.M.
A
12:30 P.M.
B
11:50 A.M.
B
1:00 P.M.
C
12:20 P.M.
C
1:30 P.M.
D
12:30 P.M.
D
3:00 P.M.
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.NF.3d)
4. Find the unknown factor.
from least to greatest? (Lesson 9.5)
2 2 2
A __ , __ , __
8
2
B __ ,
4
2,
__
C
8
2
D __ ,
4
4
2,
__
8
2,
__
6
2,
__
6
6
2
__
6
2
__
4
2
__
8
5. There were 405 books on the
library shelf. Some books were
checked out. Now there are 215
books left on the shelf. How many
books were checked out? (Lesson 1.10)
6 3 O 5 36
A
4
B
6
C
7
D
8
6. Savannah has 48 photos. She
places 8 photos on each page of
her photo album. How many pages
in the album does she use? (Lesson 6.3)
A
620
A
5
B
220
B
6
C
210
C
7
D
190
D
9
P202
(Lesson 5.2)
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Which lists the fractions in order
Lesson 10.6
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.4
Measure Length
Represent and interpret data.
Measure the length to the nearest half inch.
1.
2.
1
1_
2 inches
_
_ inches
3.
_ inches
Measure the length to the nearest fourth inch.
4.
5.
__ inches
6.
7.
_ inch
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
_ inches
_ inches
Use a separate sheet of paper for 8.
8. Draw 8 lines that are between 1 inch
and 3 inches long. Measure each
line to the nearest fourth inch, and
make a line plot.
1
9. The tail on Alex’s dog is 5__ inches
4
long. This length is between which
two inch-marks on a ruler?
Chapter 10
P203
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.4)
1. What is the length of the eraser to
2. What is the length of the leaf to the
the nearest half inch?
nearest fourth inch?
1
A __ inch
2
C
1
1__
inches
2
A
1 inch
D
2 inches
B
B
1
1__
inches
2
3
1__
inches
4
C
2 inches
D
1
2__
inches
4
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.MD.1)
3. Which equation is NOT included in
the same set of related facts as
6 3 8 5 48? (Lesson 6.8)
4. Brooke says there are 49 days until
July 4. There are 7 days in a week.
In how many weeks will it be
July 4? (Lesson 7.7)
A
8 3 6 5 48
A
9 weeks
B
8 3 8 5 64
B
8 weeks
C
48 4 6 5 8
C
7 weeks
D
48 4 8 5 6
D
6 weeks
5. It is 20 minutes before 8:00 in the
morning. Which is the correct way
to write that time? (Lesson 10.2)
6. Marcy played the piano for
45 minutes. She stopped playing
at 4:15 P.M. At what time did she
A
7:40 A.M.
A
3:00 P.M.
B
7:40 P.M.
B
3:30 P.M.
C
8:20 A.M.
C
4:45 P.M.
D
8:40 A.M.
D
5:00 P.M.
P204
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
start playing the piano? (Lesson 10.4)
Lesson 10.7
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.2
Estimate and Measure
Liquid Volume
Solve problems involving measurement and
estimation of intervals of time, liquid measures,
and masses of objects.
Estimate how much liquid volume there will be when
the container is filled. Write more than 1 liter, about
1 liter, or less than 1 liter.
1. large milk container
2. small milk container
3. water bottle
n
1 gallo
1 pin
t
more than
1 liter
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
4. spoonful of water
5. bathtub filled halfway
6. filled eyedropper
Use the pictures for 7–8. Alan pours
water into four glasses that are the
same size.
7. Which glass has the most amount
of water? __
8. Which glass has the least amount
A
B
C
D
of water? __
Chapter 10
P205
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.2)
1. Felicia filled the bathroom sink with
2. Kyle needed about 1 liter of water
water. About how much water does
she put in the sink?
to fill a container. Which container
did Kyle most likely fill?
A about
1 liter
B more than
A a small glass
1 liter
B a spoon
C a little less than
1 liter
C a large pail
D much less than
1 liter
D a vase
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.4)
3. Cecil had 6 ice cubes. He put 1 ice
cube in each glass. In how many
glasses did Cecil put ice cubes?
the muffins in a bag. How many
muffins does Juan put in the bag?
(Lesson 8.8)
A
6
C
1
B
5
D
0
5. Which is one way to read the time
shown on the clock? (Lesson 10.1)
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
A
2
C
4
B
3
D
5
6. Julianne drew the line segment
below. Use your ruler to measure
the segment to the nearest fourth
inch. (Lesson 10.6)
3
A __ inch
A
4 minutes before 7
B
26 minutes before 11
B
C
54 minutes after 6
C
D
56 minutes after 7
D
P206
4
1 1_4 inches
1 1_2 inches
1 3_4 inches
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
(Lesson 6.9)
4. Juan has 12 muffins. He puts 1_4 of
Lesson 10.8
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.2
Estimate and Measure Mass
Solve problems involving measurement and intervals
of time, liquid volumes, and masses of objects.
Choose the unit you would use to measure
the mass. Write gram or kilogram.
1. CD
2. boy
3. bag of sugar
gram
4. lion
5. paper clip
6. empty plastic bottle
Compare the masses of the objects. Write is less than,
is the same as, or is more than.
8.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
7.
The mass of the candle __
the mass of the light bulb.
9. A red ball has a mass that is less
than 1 kilogram. A blue ball has a
mass of 1 kilogram. Is the mass of
the blue ball more than or less than
the mass of the red ball?
The mass of the watch __
the mass of the necklace.
10. Brock’s dog is a collie. To find the
mass of his dog, should Brock use
grams or kilograms?
Chapter 10
P207
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.2)
1. Which unit of measure would
2. Elsie wants to find the mass of her
you use to measure the mass of
a grape?
pony. Which unit should she use?
A gram
C kilogram
A gram
C kilogram
B inch
D meter
B liter
D centimeter
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.MD.2)
3. Marsie blew up 24 balloons. She
tied the balloons together in groups
of 4. How many groups did Marsie
make? (Lesson 6.3)
4. Clark used the order of operations
to find the unknown number in
15 2 12 4 3 5 n. What is the value
of the unknown number? (Lesson 7.11)
A
5
C
7
A
1
C
9
B
6
D
8
B
6
D
11
Use the pictures for 5–6. Ralph pours juice into four
bottles that are the same size.
5. Which bottle has the most amount
A Bottle A
C Bottle C
B Bottle B
D Bottle D
6. Which bottle has the least amount
of juice? (Lesson 10.7)
A Bottle A
C Bottle C
B Bottle B
D Bottle D
P208
A
B
C
D
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
of juice? (Lesson 10.7)
Lesson 10.9
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.2
Solve Problems About Liquid
Volume and Mass
Solve problems involving measurement and
estimation of intervals of time, liquid volumes, and
masses of objects.
Write an equation and solve the problem.
2.
1. Luis was served 145 grams of meat
and 217 grams of vegetables at a
meal. What was the total mass of the
meat and the vegetables?
The gas tank of a riding mower
holds 5 liters of gas. How many
5-liter gas tanks can you fill from a
full 20-liter gas can?
Think: Add to find how much in all.
l
145 1 _
217 5 _ _
_
3. To make a lemon-lime drink, Mac
mixed 4 liters of lemonade with
2 liters of limeade. How much
lemon-lime drink did Mac make?
_
l_5_
_
5. Four families share a basket of
16 kilograms of apples equally. How
many kilograms of apples does each
family get?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
_
l_5_
_
7. Zoe’s fish tank holds 27 liters of
water. She uses a 3-liter container to
fill the tank. How many times does
she have to fill the 3-liter container
in order to fill her fish tank?
_
l_5_
_
4. A nickel has a mass of 5 grams.
There are 40 nickels in a roll of
nickels. What is the mass of a roll
of nickels?
_
l_5_
_
6. For a party, Julia made 12 liters
of fruit punch. There were 3 liters
of fruit punch left after the party.
How much fruit punch did the
people drink at the party?
_
l_5_
_
8. Adrian’s backpack has a mass of
15 kilograms. Theresa’s backpack
has a mass of 8 kilograms. What is
the total mass of both backpacks?
Chapter 10
P209
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.2)
1. Mickey’s beagle has a mass of
15 kilograms. His dachshund has a
mass of 13 kilograms. What is the
combined mass of the two dogs?
2. Lois put 8 liters of water in a bucket
for her pony. At the end of the day,
there were 2 liters of water left. How
much water did the pony drink?
A
2 kilograms
C
23 kilograms
A
4 liters
C
10 liters
B
18 kilograms
D
28 kilograms
B
6 liters
D
16 liters
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.NF.3d, CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.2)
3. Josiah has 3 packs of toy animals.
Each pack has the same number
of animals. Josiah gives 6 animals
to his sister Stephanie. Then Josiah
has 9 animals left. How many
animals were in each pack?
3
4. Tom jogged __
10 mile, Betsy jogged
5
2
__
__
10 mile, and Sue jogged 10 mile.
Who jogged a longer distance
4
than __
10 mile? (Lesson 9.5)
A Betsy
B Sue
A
1
C
5
C Tom
B
3
D
6
D None
5. Bob started mowing at 9:55 A.M. It
took him 25 minutes to mow the
front yard and 45 minutes to mow
the back yard. At what time did Bob
finish mowing? (Lesson 10.5)
6. Juliana wants to find the mass of a
watermelon. Which unit should she
use? (Lesson 10.8)
A
10:20 A.M.
C
11:05 A.M.
A gram
C liter
B
10:55 A.M.
D
11:20 A.M.
B kilogram
D meter
P210
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
(Lesson 7.10)
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.2, CC.3.MD.4
Name
Chapter 10 Extra Practice
Lessons 10.1–10.2
Write the time. Write one way you can read the time.
1.
6:20
2.
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
3.
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
Write the time. Use A.M. or P.M.
1. 30 minutes past noon
2. 14 minutes before 7:00 in the morning
Lesson 10.3
Find the elapsed time.
1. Start: 10:10 P.M. End: 10:45 P.M.
2. Start: 7:05 A.M.
End: 7:33 A.M.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
Lessons 10.4–10.5
1. Delia spent 45 minutes working on
her book report. She finished the
report at 6:10 P.M. At what time did
Delia start working on her report?
2. Lucas leaves school at 3:05 P.M.
The bus ride home takes 25 minutes.
Then it takes Lucas 15 minutes to
ride his bike to soccer practice.
At what time does Lucas get to
soccer practice?
Chapter 10
P211
Lesson 10.6
Measure the length to the nearest half inch.
1.
2.
_ inches
_ inches
Measure the length to the nearest fourth inch.
3.
_ inches
Lesson 10.7
Estimate how much liquid volume there will be when the container
is filled. Write more than 1 liter, about 1 liter, or less than 1 liter.
1. mug
2. watering can
3. sports bottle
Lesson 10.8
Choose the unit you would use to measure the mass.
Write gram or kilogram.
2. bag of flour
3. brick
Lesson 10.9
Write an equation and solve the problem.
1. Miles ate two hot dogs with buns.
Each hot dog has a mass of 45 grams,
and each hot dog bun has a mass of
33 grams. How many grams of hot
dogs and buns did Miles eat in all?
P212
2. Celia’s famous raspberry limeade
comes in 3-liter containers. Celia
gets an order for 8 containers of
raspberry limeade. How many liters
of raspberry limeade were ordered?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
1. pen
11
area The measure of unit squares
needed to cover a flat surface
perimeter The distance around a
shape
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will
be learning about perimeter and area of shapes.
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with measuring and finding perimeter,
and finding area by counting squares, using
addition, or using multiplication.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught
to find perimeter.
unit square A square with a side
length of 1 unit that is used to
measure area
Find Perimeter
These are two ways to find perimeter.
Use addition.
Find the perimeter of the
shape by counting each unit
around the shape.
Find the perimeter of the
rectangle.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Finding Unknown Side
Lengths
Count units.
Perimeter is the distance
around a shape.
So, the perimeter is 12 units.
Perimeter 5 length 1
width 1 length 1 width
Sometimes not all
lengths of the sides of a
shape are given. If you
know the perimeter, you
can add the lengths of
the sides you know and
use an equation to find
the unknown side length.
Add: 9 1 6 1 9 1 6 5 30 inches
So, the perimeter is 30 inches.
Activity
Have your child practice finding the perimeter and area
of items around the house. Find and measure the sides
of items that have plane shapes, such as an envelope,
a place mat, a square potholder, a pennant, or a rug.
Chapter 11
P213
11
área La medida del número de los
cuadrados de una unidad que se
necesitan para cubrir una superficie
plana
Querida familia,
perímetro La distancia alrededor de
una figura
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de
matemáticas aprenderemos acerca del perímetro
y el área de las figuras.
cuadrado de una unidad Un
cuadrado cuyo lado mide 1 unidad y
que se usa para medir un área
unidad cuadrada Una unidad que
mide el área como del pies cuadrado,
metro cuadrado y así sucesivamente
Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para practicar
cómo medir y hallar el perímetro, además de hallar el
área contando cuadrados usando la suma o la multiplicación.
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como aprenderemos
a hallar el perímetro.
Hallar el perímetro
Estas son dos maneras de hallar el perímetro.
Contar unidades.
Usar la suma.
Halla el perímetro del
rectángulo.
El perímetro es la distancia
alrededor de una figura.
Por tanto, el perímetro es
12 unidades.
Perímetro 5 largo 1
ancho 1 largo 1 ancho
Hallar longitudes desconocidas
de los lados
A veces no se dan las
longitudes de los lados de
una figura. Si conoces el
perímetro, puedes sumar las
longitudes de los lados que
conoces y usar una ecuación
para hallar la longitud
desconocida del lado.
Sumo: 9 1 6 1 9 1 6 5
30 pulgadas
Por tanto, el perímetro es
30 pulgadas.
Actividad
Pida a su hijo que practique hallando el perímetro y el área de
algunos objetos de la casa. Hallen y midan los lados de objetos
que tengan formas planas, como un sobre, un individual para la
mesa, un agarrador de ollas cuadrado, un banderín o un tapete.
P214
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Halla el perímetro de la
figura contando cada unidad
alrededor de la figura.
Lesson 11.1
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.8
Model Perimeter
Geometric measurement: recognize perimeter as an
attribute of plane figures and distinguish between
linear and area measures.
Find the perimeter of the shape. Each unit is 1 centimeter.
1.
2.
22
__
centimeters
4.
3.
__ centimeters
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
__ centimeters
__ centimeters
Use the drawing for 5–6. Each unit is 1 centimeter.
5. What is the perimeter of Patrick’s
shape?
_______
6. How much greater is the perimeter of
Jillian’s shape than the perimeter of
Patrick’s shape?
_______
Chapter 11
P215
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.8)
1. Find the perimeter of the shape.
Each unit is 1 centimeter.
2. Find the perimeter of the shape.
Each unit is 1 centimeter.
A
14 centimeters
A
19 centimeters
B
16 centimeters
B
26 centimeters
C
18 centimeters
C
33 centimeters
D
20 centimeters
D
55 centimeters
Spiral Review (CC.3.NF.3d, CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.2)
from least to greatest? (Lesson 9.5)
2, __
2, __
2
__
4 3 6
2 2 2
A __, __, __
3 4 6
2 2 2
B __, __, __
6 4 3
2 2 2
C __, __, __
4 3 6
2 2 2
D __, __, __
3 6 4
5. Michael and Dex are comparing
fraction strips. Which statement is
NOT correct? (Lesson 9.2)
1 2
4 3
C __ , __
A __ , __
2 2
8 8
2
1
4 2
B __ . __
D __ . __
3 3
6 6
P216
4. Kasey’s school starts at the time
shown on the clock. What time
does Kasey’s school start? (Lesson 10.1)
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
A
6:40
C
8:30
B
8:06
D
9:30
6. Aiden wants to find the mass of a
bowling ball. Which unit should he
use? (Lesson 10.8)
A liter
C gram
B inch
D kilogram
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Which lists the fractions in order
Lesson 11.2
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.8
Find Perimeter
Geometric measurement: recognize perimeter as an
attribute of plane figures and distinguish between
linear and area measures.
Use a ruler to find the perimeter.
1.
2.
12 centimeters
_
3.
_ centimeters
4.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
_ inches
Draw a picture to solve 5–6.
5. Evan has a square sticker that
measures 5 inches on each side.
What is the perimeter of the sticker?
_ inches
6. Sophie draws a shape that has
6 sides. Each side is 3 centimeters.
What is the perimeter of the shape?
Chapter 11
P217
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.8)
Use an inch ruler for 1–2.
1. Ty cut a label the size of the shape
shown. What is the perimeter,
in inches, of Ty’s label?
2. Julie drew the shape shown below.
What is the perimeter, in inches,
of the shape?
A
4 inches
C
6 inches
A
2 inches
C
6 inches
B
5 inches
D
7 inches
B
4 inches
D
8 inches
Spiral Review (CC.3.NF.3d, CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.2, CC.3.MD.8)
3. What is the perimeter of the shape
after school at the time shown on the
clock. What time does Vince arrive
for his trumpet lesson? (Lesson 10.2)
A
3:26 A.M.
B
4:26 A.M.
A
8 units
C
20 units
C
3:26 P.M.
B
10 units
D
22 units
D
4:26 P.M.
5. Matthew’s small fish tank holds
12 liters. His large fish tank holds
25 liters. How many more liters
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
6. Cecila and Sasha are comparing
fraction strips. Which statement is
correct? (Lesson 9.3)
does his large fish tank hold?
(Lesson 10.9)
A
12 liters
C
25 liters
B
13 liters
D
37 liters
P218
1 1
A __ , __
2 3
1 1
B __ . __
8 6
1 1
C __ . __
4 2
1 1
D __ , __
6 4
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
below? (Lesson 11.1)
4. Vince arrives for his trumpet lesson
ALGEBRA
Lesson 11.3
Name
Find Unknown Side Lengths
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.8
Find the unknown side lengths.
1. Perimeter 5 33 centimeters
Geometric measurement: recognize perimeter as an
attribute of plane figures and distinguish between
linear and area measures.
2. Perimeter 5 14 feet
DN
Y
DN
GU
DN
S
S
GU
DN
5 1 8 1 7 1 4 1 x 5 33
24 1 x 5 33
x59
9
x 5 __
centimeters
3. Perimeter 5 37 meters
11 m
8m
r 5 __ feet
4. Perimeter 5 92 inches
JO
JO
JO
U
5m
i
JO
JO
2m
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
s 5 __ meters
5. Steven has a rectangular rug with a
perimeter of 16 feet. The width of
the rug is 5 feet. What is the length
of the rug?
t 5 __ inches
6. Kerstin has a square tile. The
perimeter of the tile is 32 inches.
What is the length of each side of
the tile?
Chapter 11
P219
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.8)
1. Jesse is putting a ribbon around a
square frame. He uses 24 inches
of ribbon. How long is each side of
the frame?
2. Davia draws a shape with 5 sides.
Two sides are each 5 inches long.
Two other sides are each 4 inches
long. The perimeter of the shape is
27 inches. What is the length of the
fifth side?
A
4 inches
B
5 inches
C
6 inches
A
9 inches
C
14 inches
D
8 inches
B
13 inches
D
18 inches
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.NF.3c, CC.3.MD.1)
3. Which of the following represents
7 1 7 1 7 1 7? (Lesson 3.2)
4. Bob bought 3 packs of model cars.
He gave 4 cars to Ann. Bob has
11 cars left. How many model cars
were in each pack? (Lesson 7.10)
A
434
B
437
C
637
A
18
C
7
D
737
B
11
D
5
started and finished reading. How
long did Randy read? (Lesson 10.3)
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
11 12 1
2
10
9
3
4
8
7 6 5
4UBSU
&OE
A
55 minutes
C
35 minutes
B
45 minutes
D
15 minutes
P220
6. Which statement does the model
represent? (Lesson 8.6)
4
A __ 5
1
4
3
B __ 5 1
4
2
C __ 5
1
4
1
D __ 5 1
4
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Randy looked at his watch when he
Lesson 11.4
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.5, CC3.MD.5a
Understand Area
Geometric measurement: understand concepts of
area and relate area to multiplication and to addition.
Count to find the area for the shape.
1.
2.
6 square units
Area = _
4.
Area = _ square units
5.
Area = _ square units
Area = _ square units
3.
Area = _ square units
6.
Area = _ square units
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Write area or perimeter for each situation.
7. carpeting a floor
8. fencing a garden
Use the diagram for 9–10.
9. Roberto is building a platform for his
model railroad. What is the area of
the platform?
10. Roberto will put a border around the
edges of the platform. How much
border will he need?
Chapter 11
P221
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.5, CC.3.MD.5a)
1. Josh used rubber bands to make
2. Wilma drew the shape below on
the shape below on his geoboard.
What is the area of the shape?
dot paper. What is the area of the
shape she drew?
A
3 square units
A
4 square units
B
4 square units
B
5 square units
C
5 square units
C
6 square units
D
6 square units
D
7 square units
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.2)
3. Leonardo knows it is 42 days until
summer break. How many weeks is
it until Leonardo’s summer break?
(Hint: There are 7 days in a week.)
4. Nan cut a submarine sandwich into
4 equal parts and ate one part.
What fraction represents the part of
the sandwich Nan ate? (Lesson 8.3)
(Lesson 7.7)
5 weeks
C
7 weeks
B
6 weeks
D
8 weeks
1
A __
4
1
B __
3
4
C __
4
4
D __
1
5. Wanda is eating breakfast. Which is
6. Dick has 2 bags of dog food. Each
a reasonable time for Wanda to be
eating breakfast? (Lesson 10.2)
bag contains 5 kilograms of food.
How many kilograms of food does
Dick have in all? (Lesson 10.8)
A
7:45 A.M.
B
7:45 P.M.
C
2:15 A.M.
A
3 kilograms
C
7 kilograms
D
2:15 P.M.
B
5 kilograms
D
10 kilograms
P222
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A
Lesson 11.5
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.5b, CC.3.MD.6
Measure Area
Geometric measurement: understand concepts of area
and relate area to multiplication and to addition.
Count to find the area of the shape.
Each unit square is 1 square centimeter.
1.
2.
14 square centimeters
Area 5 _
3.
4.
Area 5 _ square centimeters
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Area 5 _ square centimeters
Alan is painting his deck gray. Use
the diagram at the right for 5–6. Each
unit square is 1 square meter.
Area 5 _ square centimeters
"MBOT%FDL
5. What is the area of the deck that
Alan has already painted gray?
6. What is the area of the deck that
Alan has left to paint?
Chapter 11
P223
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.5b, CC.3.MD.6)
Each unit square in the diagram is
1 square foot.
1. How many square feet are shaded?
A
19 square feet
B
21 square feet
C
23 square feet
D
25 square feet
2. What is the area that has NOT been
shaded?
A
19 square feet
B
21 square feet
C
23 square feet
D
25 square feet
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.NF.3b, CC.3.MD.2)
There are 6 rolls in each package.
How many rolls does Sonya buy?
(Lesson 4.3)
4. Charlie mixed 6 liters of juice with
2 liters of soda to make fruit punch.
How many liters of fruit punch did
Charlie make? (Lesson 10.9)
A
42
C
24
A
3 liters
C
8 liters
B
36
D
12
B
4 liters
D
12 liters
5. Which drawing shows _23 of the
circle shaded? (Lesson 8.4)
A
C
B
D
6. Use the models to name a fraction
that is equivalent to _1 . (Lesson 9.7)
2
2
A __
1
2
B __
2
P224
2
C __
4
4
D __
4
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Sonya buys 6 packages of rolls.
Lesson 11.6
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.7, CC.3.MD.7a
Use Area Models
Geometric measurement: understand concepts of area
and relate area to multiplication and to addition.
Find the area of each shape. Each unit
square is 1 square foot.
1.
2.
There are 3 rows of 8 unit squares.
3 3 8 5 24
24 square feet
Find the area of each shape.
Each unit square is 1 square meter.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3.
4.
6. Landon made a rug for the hallway.
Each unit square is 1 square foot.
What is the area of the rug?
5.
7. Eva makes a border at the top of
a picture frame. Each unit square is
1 square inch. What is the area
of the border?
Chapter 11
P225
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.7, CC.3.MD.7a)
1. The entrance to an office has a tiled
floor. Each square tile is 1 square
meter. What is the area of the floor?
2. Ms. Burns buys a new rug. Each
unit square is 1 square foot. What is
the area of the rug?
A
8 square meters
A
5 square feet
B
9 square meters
B
7 square feet
C
10 square meters
C
10 square feet
D
12 square meters
D
12 square feet
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.NF.3d, CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.8)
strips. Which statement is correct?
(Lesson 9.2)
3 5
A __ . __
8 8
3 1
B __ , __
4 4
3 4
C __ . __
6 6
1 2
D __ , __
3 3
5. Austin left for school at 7:35 A.M..
He arrived at school 15 minutes
later. What time did Austin arrive
at school? (Lesson 10.4)
4. Claire bought 6 packs of baseball
cards. Each pack had the same
number of cards. If Claire bought
48 baseball cards in all, how many
cards were in each pack? (Lesson 7.8)
A
54
C
8
B
42
D
6
6. Wyatt’s room is a rectangle with
a perimeter of 40 feet. The width
of the room is 8 feet. What is the
length of the room? (Lesson 11.3)
A
7:40 A.M.
C
7:55 A.M.
A
5 feet
C
16 feet
B
7:50 A.M.
D
8:00 A.M.
B
12 feet
D
32 feet
P226
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Ann and Bill are comparing fraction
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 11.7
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃÞH;7ÃE<Ã
;9J7D=B;I
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.7b
Geometric measurement: understand concepts of area
and relate area to multiplication and to addition.
Use the information for 1–3.
An artist makes rectangular murals in different sizes. Below
are the available sizes. Each unit square is 1 square meter.
"
#
$
%
1. Complete the table to find the area of each mural.
Mural
Length
(in meters)
Width
(in meters)
A
B
C
D
2
2
2
2
1
Area
(in square meters)
2
2
4
2. Find and describe a pattern of how
the length changes and how the width
changes for murals A through D.
3. How do the areas of the murals change when
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
the width changes?
4. Dan built a deck that is 5 feet long and 5 feet wide.
He built another deck that is 5 feet long and 7 feet
wide. He built a third deck that is 5 feet long and 9 feet
wide. How do the areas change?
Chapter 11
P227
TEST
PREP
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.MD.7b)
1. Lauren drew the designs below.
Each unit square is 1 square
centimeter. If the pattern continues,
what will be the area of the
fourth shape?
2. Henry built one garden that is
3 feet wide and 3 feet long. He also
built a garden that is 3 feet wide
and 6 feet long, and a garden that
is 3 feet wide and 9 feet long. How
do the areas change?
A The areas do not change.
A
10 square centimeters
B
12 square centimeters
C
14 square centimeters
D
16 square centimeters
B The areas double.
C The areas increase by
3 square feet.
D The areas increase by
9 square feet.
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NBT.3, CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.MD.5b, CC.3.MD.6)
cards equally. How many cards
does each boy get? (Lesson 7.4)
4. Nita uses _13 of a carton of 12 eggs.
How many eggs does she use?
(Lesson 8.7)
A
7
B
8
C
9
A
3
C
6
D
10
B
4
D
9
5. Brenda made 8 necklaces. Each
necklace has 10 large beads. How
many large beads did Brenda use
to make the necklaces? (Lesson 5.4)
6. Neal is tiling his kitchen floor. Each
square tile is 1 square foot. Neal
uses 6 rows of tiles with 9 tiles in
each row. What is the area of the
floor? (Lesson 11.6)
A
80
B
85
A
15 square feet
C
90
B
52 square feet
D
100
C
54 square feet
D
57 square feet
P228
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Joe, Jim, and Jack share 27 football
Lesson 11.8
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.7c, CC.3.MD.7d
Area of Combined Rectangles
Geometric measurement: understand concepts of area and
relate area to multiplication and to addition.
Use the Distributive Property to find the area.
Show your multiplication and addition equations.
1.
2.
4
3 2 5 8; 4 3 5 5 20
____
1 20 5 28
8
____
28 square units
_
____
____
_ square units
Draw a line to break apart the shape into
rectangles. Find the area of the shape.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3.
4.
Rectangle 1: _ 3 _ 5 _
Rectangle 1: _ 3 _ 5 _
Rectangle 2: _ 3 _ 5 _
Rectangle 2: _ 3 _ 5 _
_ 1 _ 5 _ square units
_ 1 _ 5 _ square units
A diagram of Frank’s room is at right.
Each unit square is 1 square foot.
5. Draw a line to divide the shape of
Frank’s room into rectangles.
6. What is the total area of Frank’s room?
_ square feet
Chapter 11
P229
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.7c, CC.3.MD.7d)
1. The diagram shows Ben’s backyard.
Each unit square is 1 square yard.
What is the area of Ben’s backyard?
2. The diagram shows a room in an
art gallery. Each unit square is
1 square meter. What is the area
of the room?
A
12 square yards
A
24 square meters
B
16 square yards
B
30 square meters
C
18 square yards
C
36 square meters
D
24 square yards
D
40 square meters
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.MD.4, CC.3.MD.8)
What related multiplication fact
can she use to find the unknown
number? (Lesson 6.7)
4. Karen drew a triangle with
side lengths 3 centimeters,
4 centimeters, and 5 centimeters.
What is the perimeter of the
triangle? (Lesson 11.2)
A
3 3 7 5 21
B
4 3 7 5 28
A
7 centimeters
C
5 3 7 5 35
B
9 centimeters
D
6 3 7 5 42
C
11 centimeters
D
12 centimeters
5. The rectangle is divided into equal
6. Use an inch ruler. To the nearest
parts. What is the name of the
equal parts? (Lesson 8.1)
half inch, how long is this line
segment? (Lesson 10.6)
A half
C fourth
A
1 inch
C
2 inches
B third
D sixth
B
1 1_2 inches
D
2 1_2 inches
P230
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Naomi needs to solve 28 4 7 5 O.
Lesson 11.9
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.8
Same Perimeter, Different Areas
Geometric measurement: recognize perimeter as an
attribute of plane figures and distinguish between
linear and area measures.
Find the perimeter and the area.
Tell which rectangle has a greater area.
1.
2.
B
A
A
12 units ;
A: Perimeter 5 ___
A: Perimeter 5 ___ ;
9 square units
Area 5 ____
Area 5 ____
B: Perimeter 5 ___ ;
B: Perimeter 5 ___ ;
Area 5 ____
Area 5 ____
Rectangle _ has a greater area.
Rectangle _ has a greater area.
3. Tara’s and Jody’s bedrooms are
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
B
shaped like rectangles. Tara’s
bedroom is 9 feet long and 8 feet
wide. Jody’s bedroom is 7 feet long
and 10 feet wide. Whose bedroom
has the greater area? Explain.
4. Mr. Sanchez has 16 feet of fencing
to put around a rectangular garden.
He wants the garden to have the
greatest possible area. How long
should the sides of the garden be?
Chapter 11
P231
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.8)
1. Which shape has a perimeter of
12 units and an area of 8 square
2. All four rectangles below have the
units?
same perimeter. Which rectangle
has the greatest area?
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
Spiral Review (CC.s.MD.7, CC.3.MD.7a, CC.3.MD.8)
of square tiles. There are 7 tiles
in each row. What is the area that
Kerrie covers in square units?
(Lesson 11.6)
4. Von has a rectangular workroom
with a perimeter of 26 feet. The
length of the workroom is 6 feet.
What is the width of Von’s workroom? (Lesson 11.3)
A
15 square units
A
7 feet
B
35 square units
B
13 feet
C
42 square units
C
20 feet
D
56 square units
D
26 feet
P232
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Kerrie covers a table with 8 rows
Lesson 11.10
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.8
Same Area, Different Perimeters
Geometric measurement: recognize perimeter as an
attribute of plane figures and distinguish between
linear and area measures.
Find the perimeter and the area. Tell which
rectangle has a greater perimeter.
8 square units ;
1.
A: Area 5 ____
18 units
Perimeter 5 ____
"
B: Area 5 ____ ;
Perimeter 5 ____
#
Rectangle _ has a greater perimeter.
2.
3.
"
#
#
"
A: Area 5 ____ ;
A: Area 5 ____ ;
Perimeter 5 ___
Perimeter 5 ___
B: Area 5 ____ ;
B: Area 5 ____ ;
Perimeter 5 ___
Perimeter 5 ___
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Rectangle _ has a greater perimeter. Rectangle _ has a greater perimeter.
Use the tile designs for 4–5.
4. Compare the areas of Design A
and Design B.
#FUIT5JMF%FTJHOT
"
5. Compare the perimeters. Which
design has the greater perimeter?
#
Chapter 11
P233
TEST
PREP
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.8)
1. Jake drew two rectangles. Which
statement is true?
2. Alyssa drew two rectangles. Which
statement is true?
"
"
#
#
A The perimeters are the same.
A The perimeter of B is greater.
B The area of A is greater.
B The perimeter of A is greater.
C The perimeter of A is greater.
C The area of B is greater.
D The perimeter of B is greater.
D The perimeters are the same.
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.NF.2a, CC.3.NF.2b, CC.3.NF.3d)
value of 8 2 3 3 2. She wrote a
wrong answer. Which is the correct
answer? (Lesson 7.11)
A
22
C
4
B
10
D
2
4. What fraction names the point on
the number line? (Lesson 8.5)
3
C __
1
A __
4
2
B __
3
5. Kyle drew three line segments with
these lengths: 2_4 inch, 2_3 inch, and
2
_ inch. Which list orders the
6
fractions from least to greatest?
4
3
D __
1
6. On Monday, 3_8 inch of snow fell. On
Tuesday, 5_ inch of snow fell. Which
8
statement correctly compares the
snow amounts? (Lesson 9.2)
(Lesson 9.5)
2 2 2
A __, __, __
6
2
B __,
3
P234
4 3
2
__, 2
__
4 6
2 2 2
C __, __, __
4
2
D __,
6
3 6
2
__, 2
__
3 4
3 5
A __ 5 __
8 8
3 5
B __ , __
8 8
5 3
C __ , __
8 8
3 5
D __ . __
8 8
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Marsha was asked to find the
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.5, CC.3.MD.5a,
CC.3.MD.5b, CC.3.MD.6, CC.3.MD.7a, CC.3.MD.7b, CC.3.MD.7c,
CC.3.MD.7d, CC3.MD.8 ALSO CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.9,
CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.4
Name
Chapter 11 Extra Practice
Lessons 11.1, 11.3
1. Find the perimeter of the shape.
2. The square has a perimeter of
Each unit is 1 centimeter.
28 inches. What is the length of each
side of the square?
Lesson 11.2
Use a centimeter ruler to find the perimeter.
1.
2.
Zd
Zd
Zd
Zd
Zd
Zd
Zd
Zd
Zd
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lessons 11.4–11.6
Find the area of the shape.
Each unit square is 1 square inch.
1.
2.
Area 5
square inches
Chapter 11
P235
Lesson 11.7
Use the rectangles at the right for 1–2.
1. How do the length and width change
GU
from Rectangle A to Rectangle B?
GU
>
GU
GU
2. How do the areas change from Rectangle
A to Rectangle B to Rectangle C?
GU
GU
Lesson 11.8
Draw a line to break apart the shape into rectangles.
Find the area of the shape.
1.
2.
Rectangle 1:
3
5
;
Rectangle 1:
3
5
;
Rectangle 2:
3
5
;
Rectangle 2:
3
5
;
+
=
square units
+
=
square units
Find the perimeter and area of each rectangle.
Use your results to answer questions 1–2.
1. Which two rectangles have the
same perimeter?
Rectangles
and
2. Which two rectangles have the
>
same area?
Rectangles
P236
and
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lessons 11.9–11.10
12
Dear Family,
During the next few weeks, our math class will
be learning about plane shapes. We will learn to
identify polygons and describe them by their
sides and angles.
angle A shape formed by two
rays that share an endpoint
closed shape A shape that
begins and ends at the same
point
polygon A closed plane shape
made up of straight line segments
quadrilateral A polygon with four
sides and four angles
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with shapes.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught to
classify quadrilaterals.
Classify Quadrilaterals
Use sides and angles to name this quadrilateral.
STEP 1
There are 2 right angles.
STEP 2
There is exactly 1 pair of
opposite sides that are parallel.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
So, the quadrilateral is a trapezoid.
Checking Angles
The corner of a sheet of
paper or an index card
can be used to check
whether an angle in a
polygon is right, less than
a right angle, or greater
than a right angle.
Activity
Point out everyday objects that resemble plane shapes,
such as books, photos, windows, and traffic signs. Have
your child identify the shape and describe it by its sides
and angles.
Chapter 12
P237
12
ángulo Una figura compuesta
por dos rayos que comparten un
extremo
figura cerrada Una figura que
comienza y termina en el mismo
punto
Querida familia,
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de
matemáticas aprenderemos sobre figuras
planas. Aprenderemos a identificar polígonos y a
describirlos según sus lados y ángulos.
polígono Una figura plana cerrada
compuesta por segmentos rectos
cuadrilátero Un polígono con cuatro
lados y cuatro ángulos
Llevaré a casa tareas para practicar con figuras.
Este es un ejemplo de cómo clasificaremos
cuadriláteros.
Clasificar cuadriláteros
Usa los lados y los ángulos para nombrar este
cuadrilátero.
PASO 1 Hay dos ángulos rectos.
PASO 2
Hay exactamente 1 par de
lados opuestos que son
paralelos.
Por tanto, el cuadrilátero es un trapecio.
Comprobar ángulos
Puedes usar la esquina de
una hoja o de una tarjeta
para comprobar si un
ángulo de un polígono es
recto, menor que un ángulo
recto o mayor que un
ángulo recto.
Señalen objetos cotidianos que parezcan figuras planas,
como libros, fotografías, ventanas y señales de tráfico. Pida a
su hijo o hija que identifique la figura y que la describa según
sus lados y ángulos.
P238
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Actividad
Lesson 12.1
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.G.1
Describe Plane Shapes
Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Write how many line segments the shape has.
1.
2.
4
_ line segments
3.
_ line segments
4.
_ line segments
_ line segments
Write whether the shape is open or closed.
5.
6.
_____
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
7. Carl wants to show a closed
shape in his drawing. Show and
explain how to make the drawing
a closed shape.
_____
8. The shape of a fish pond at a park
is shown below. Is the shape open
or closed?
Chapter 12
P239
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
(CC.3.G.1)
1. How many line segments does this
shape have?
2. Which of these is part of a line,
has one endpoint, and continues
in one direction?
A ray
B line
A
2
C
4
C line segment
B
3
D
5
D point
Spiral Review
(CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NF.3a)
3. What multiplication sentence does
the array show? (Lesson 3.5)
4. What is the unknown factor and
quotient? (Lesson 6.8)
93
5 27
27 4 9 5
A
3
B
4
A
3 3 8 5 24
C
8 3 5 5 40
C
5
B
4 3 8 5 32
D
4 3 9 5 36
D
6
to
4
_?
8
6. Mr. MacTavish has 30 students from
his class going on a field trip to the
zoo. He is placing 6 students in
each group. How many groups of
students from Mr. MacTavish’s class
will be going to the zoo? (Lesson 7.6)
(Lesson 9.6)
3
A __
1
C __
4
A
C
1
B __
1
D __
5
7
B
6
D
36
4
2
P240
8
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Which fraction is equivalent
Lesson 12.2
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.G.1
Describe Angles in Plane Shapes
Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Use the corner of a sheet of paper to tell whether the angle is
a right angle, less than a right angle, or greater than a right angle.
1.
3.
2.
less than a
right angle
Write how many of each type of angle the shape has.
4.
5.
6.
_ right
_ right
_ right
_ less than a right
_ less than a right
_ less than a right
_ greater than
a right
_ greater than
a right
_ greater than
a right
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
7. Jeff has a square piece of art paper.
He cuts across it from one corner
to the opposite corner to make
two pieces. What is the total number
of sides and angles in both of the
new shapes?
8. Kaylee tells Aimee that the shape
of a stop sign has at least one right
angle. Aimee says that there are no
right angles. Who is correct? Explain.
Chapter 12
P241
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
(CC.3.G.1)
1. What describes this angle?
2. How many right angles does this
shape have?
A right angle
A
1
B less than a right angle
B
2
C greater than a right angle
C
3
D small angle
D
4
Spiral Review
(CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.NF.3d, CC.3.G.1)
3. What fraction of the group is
shaded? (Lesson 8.7)
4. Compare.
3
4
__
__
8
8
(Lesson 9.2)
A .
1
C __
6
1
B __
3
6
1
D __
8
5. Which of the following does NOT
describe a line segment? (Lesson 12.1)
B ,
C 5
D 4
6. How many line segments does this
shape have? (Lesson 12.1)
A does not end
B is straight
C is part of a line
D has
P242
2 endpoints
A
5
C
7
B
6
D
8
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5
A __
Lesson 12.3
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.G.1
Identify Polygons
Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Is the shape a polygon? Write yes or no.
1.
2.
no
_
3.
_
4.
_
_
Write the number of sides and the number
of angles. Then name the polygon.
6.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5.
_ sides
_ sides
_ angles
_ angles
_____
_____
7. Mr. Murphy has an old coin that
8. Lin says that an octagon has six
has ten sides. If its shape is a
polygon, how many angles does
the old coin have?
sides. Chris says that it has eight
sides. Whose statement is correct?
_____
_____
Chapter 12
P243
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
(CC.3.G.1)
1. Which is a name for this polygon?
2. How many sides does this
polygon have?
A hexagon
A
4
B octagon
B
5
C quadrilateral
C
6
D pentagon
D
7
(CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.G.1)
3. How many right angles does this
shape have? (Lesson 12.2)
4. Erica has 8 necklaces. One fourth of
the necklaces are blue. How many
necklaces are blue? (Lesson 8.9)
A
2
B
3
A
4
C
2
C
4
B
3
D
0
D
8
5. Which of these is straight, is part
of a line, and has 2 endpoints?
6. What describes this angle?
(Lesson 12.2)
(Lesson 12.1)
A line
A greater than a right angle
B line segment
B large angle
C point
C less than a right angle
D ray
D right angle
P244
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Spiral Review
Lesson 12.4
Name
Describe Sides of Polygons
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.G.1
Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Look at the dashed sides of the polygon. Tell if they
appear to be intersecting, perpendicular, or parallel.
Write all the words that describe the sides.
1.
2.
parallel
____
4.
____
7.
____
____
8.
____
____
6.
5.
____
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3.
9.
____
____
Use shapes A–D for 10–11.
10. Which shapes appear to have parallel sides?
____
11. Which shapes appear to have perpendicular
sides?
____
Chapter 12
P245
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
(CC.3.G.1)
1. How many pairs of parallel sides
2. Which sides appear to be parallel?
does the quadrilateral appear
to have?
A a and c only
B b and d only
A
1
C
3
C a and b, c and d
B
2
D
4
D a and c, b and d
Spiral Review
(CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.G.1)
3. Mr. Lance designed a class banner
shaped like the polygon shown.
What is the name of the polygon?
4. How many angles greater than a
right angle does this shape have?
(Lesson 12.2)
A pentagon
C hexagon
A
0
C
2
B octagon
D decagon
B
1
D
3
5. How many line segments does this
shape have? (Lesson 12.1)
A
B
P246
6
C
7
D
8
9
6. Which fraction names the shaded
part? (Lesson 8.3)
1
A __
1
C __
1
B __
5
D __
3
4
6
6
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
(Lesson 12.3)
Lesson 12.5
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.G.1
Classify Quadrilaterals
Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Circle all the words that describe the quadrilateral.
1.
2.
3.
square
square
square
rectangle
rectangle
rectangle
rhombus
rhombus
rhombus
trapezoid
trapezoid
trapezoid
Use the quadrilaterals below for 4–6.
4. Which quadrilaterals
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
appear to have no
right angles?
5. Which quadrilaterals
appear to have 4 right
angles?
7. A picture on the wall in Jeremy’s
classroom has 4 right angles,
4 sides of equal length, and 2 pairs
of opposite sides that are parallel.
What quadrilateral best describes
the picture?
6. Which quadrilaterals
appear to have 4 sides
of equal length?
8. Sofia has a plate that has 4 sides
of equal length, 2 pairs of opposite
sides that are parallel, and no right
angles. What quadrilateral best
describes the plate?
Chapter 12
P247
(CC.3.G.1)
1. Which word describes the
quadrilateral?
2. Which quadrilaterals appear to
have 2 pairs of opposite sides that
are parallel?
A square
A A and B
B trapezoid
B A, B, and C
C rhombus
C A only
D rectangle
D B only
Spiral Review
(CC.3.G.1)
3. Aiden drew the the polygon shown.
4. How many pairs of parallel sides
What is the name of the polygon he
drew? (Lesson 12.3)
does this shape appear to have?
A decagon
C octagon
A
4
C
1
B hexagon
D pentagon
B
2
D
0
5. What word describes the dashed
(Lesson 12.4)
6. How many right angles does this
sides of the shape shown? (Lesson 12.4)
shape have? (Lesson 12.2)
A intersecting
C perpendicular
A
0
C
2
B parallel
D right
B
1
D
3
P248
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
Lesson 12.6
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.G.1
Draw Quadrilaterals
Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Draw a quadrilateral that is described.
Name the quadrilateral you drew.
1. 4 sides of equal length
2. 1 pair of opposite sides that
are parallel
square
Draw a quadrilateral that does not belong.
Then explain why.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3.
4. Layla drew a quadrilateral with
4 right angles and 2 pairs of
opposite sides that are parallel.
Name the quadrilateral she could
have drawn.
5. Victor drew a quadrilateral with no
right angles and 4 sides of equal
length. What quadrilateral could
Victor have drawn?
Chapter 12
P249
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
(CC.3.G.1)
1. Chloe drew a quadrilateral with
2 pairs of opposite sides that are
parallel. Which shape could NOT
be Chloe’s quadrilateral?
2. Mike drew a quadrilateral with four
right angles. Which shape could he
have drawn?
A rectangle
A rectangle
B hexagon
B rhombus
C trapezoid
C square
D triangle
D trapezoid
Spiral Review
(CC.3.MD.7, CC.3.MD.8, CC.3.G.1)
3. A quadrilateral has 4 right angles
and 4 sides of equal length. What is
the name of the quadrilateral?
(Lesson 12.5)
4. Mark drew two lines that form a
right angle. Which word describes
the lines Mark drew? (Lesson 12.4)
A perpendicular
A pentagon
B parallel
B square
C acute
C trapezoid
D obtuse
D hexagon
paper. What is the perimeter of the
rectangle Dennis drew? (Lesson 11.2)
6. Jill drew the rectangle on grid
paper. What is the area of the
rectangle Jill drew? (Lesson 11.5)
A
7 units
A
12 square units
B
12 units
B
15 square units
C
14 units
C
16 square units
D
15 units
D
18 square units
P250
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Dennis drew the rectangle on grid
Lesson 12.7
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.G.1
Describe Triangles
Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Use the triangles for 1–3. Write A, B, or C.
Then complete the sentences.
B
1. Triangle _ has 3 angles less than a right angle and
3 sides of equal length.
appears to have _
2. Triangle _ has 1 right angle and appears to have
_ sides of equal length.
3. Triangle _ has 1 angle greater than a right angle
and appears to have _ sides of equal length.
4. Kyle, Kathy, and Kelly each drew a
triangle. Who drew the triangle that
has 1 angle greater than a right angle
and appears to have no sides of equal
length?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
______
5. Matthew drew the back of his tent.
How many sides appear to be of
equal length?
6. Sierra made the triangular picture
frame shown. How many angles are
greater than a right angle?
Chapter 12
P251
(CC.3.G.1)
1. How many angles less than a right
angle does this triangle have?
2. How many sides of equal length
does this triangle appear to have?
A
0
C
2
A
0
C
2
B
1
D
3
B
1
D
3
Spiral Review
(CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.MD.8, CC.3.G.1 )
3. A quadrilateral has 4 right angles
4. Mason drew a quadrilateral with
and 2 pairs of opposite sides that
are parallel. Which quadrilateral
could it be? (Lesson 12.5)
only one pair of opposite sides that
are parallel. Which quadrilateral did
Mason draw? (Lesson 12.6)
A trapezoid
A square
B hexagon
B rhombus
C triangle
C trapezoid
D rectangle
D rectangle
5. Which shape has an area of
8 square units and a perimeter
of 12 units? (Lesson 11.10)
A
C
B
D
6. What fraction of the square is
shaded? (Lesson 8.4)
3
A __
5
5
B __
3
P252
3
C __
8
8
D __
3
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 12.8
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃB7II?<OÃB7D;Ã>7F;I
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.G.1
Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Solve each problem.
1. Steve drew the shapes below. Write the
letter of each shape where it belongs in
the Venn diagram.
2. Janice drew the shapes below. Write the
letter of each shape where it belongs in
the Venn diagram.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. Beth drew the shapes below. Write the
letter of each shape where it belongs in
the Venn diagram.
Chapter 12
P253
TEST
PREP
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.G.1)
1. Which shape would go in the
section where the two circles
overlap?
A triangle
C square
B trapezoid
D hexagon
2. Which shape could NOT go in
the circle labeled All Sides of
Equal Length?
A rhombus
C square
B trapezoid
D triangle
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.G.1)
right angle does this triangle
have? (Lesson 12.7)
4. How many sides of equal length
does this triangle appear to have?
(Lesson 12.7)
A
0
C
2
A
0
C
2
B
1
D
3
B
1
D
3
5. Madison drew this shape. How
many angles less than a right angle
does it have? (Lesson 12.2)
6. How many dots are in _12 of this
group? (Lesson 8.7)
A
0
C
3
A
6
C
9
B
1
D
5
B
8
D
18
P254
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3. How many angles greater than a
Lesson 12.9
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.G.2
Relate Shapes, Fractions, and Area
Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Draw lines to divide the shape into equal parts
that show the fraction given.
1.
2.
3.
1
__
1
__
3
1
__
8
2
Draw lines to divide the shape into parts with equal
area. Write the area of each part as a unit fraction.
4.
5.
6.
4 equal parts
6 equal parts
3 equal parts
_
_
_
7. Robert divided a hexagon into
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3 equal parts. Show how he might
have divided the hexagon. Write the
fraction that names each part of the
whole you divided.
8. Show how you might divide the
shape into 8 equal parts. What
fraction names the area of each
part of the divided shape?
Chapter 12
P255
(CC.3.G.1)
1. What fraction names each part of
2. What fraction names the whole
the divided whole?
area that was divided?
1
A __
1
A __
1
C __
2
1
B __
3
Spiral Review
4
1
D __
6
8
C __
8
1
B __
2
8
8
D __
1
(CC.3.G.1)
3. Lil drew the figure below. Which
4. How many line segments does this
word does NOT describe the
shape? (Lesson 12.1)
shape have?
A plane shape
A
6
B closed shape
B
5
C open shape
C
4
D curved path
D
3
Use the Venn diagram for 5–6.
(Lesson 12.1)
(Lesson 12.8)
5. Which shape would go in the
section where the two circles
overlap?
A triangle
C trapezoid
B square
D pentagon
6. Which shape could NOT go in the
circle labeled All Sides of Equal
Length?
A square
C triangle
B rhombus
D rectangle
P256
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson Check
TEST
PREP
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.G.1, CC.3.G.2
Name
Chapter 12 Extra Practice
Lessons 12.1–12.3
Name the polygon.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Lesson 12.4
Look at the dashed sides of the polygon. Tell if they
appear to be intersecting, perpendicular, or parallel.
Write all the words that describe the sides.
1.
2.
3.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson 12.5
Circle all the words that describe the quadrilateral.
1.
2.
3.
rhombus
square
trapezoid
trapezoid
rhombus
rectangle
rectangle
trapezoid
rhombus
Chapter 12
P257
Lesson 12.6
Draw a quadrilateral that does
not belong. Then explain why.
Lesson 12.7
Use the triangles for 1–2. Write A, B, or C.
Then complete the sentences.
1. Triangle _ has 1 angle greater than a
right angle and appears to have _ sides
of equal length.
2. Triangle _ has 1 right angle and appears
to have _ sides of equal length.
Lesson 12.8
1. What label could you use to describe Circle A?
Lesson 12.9
Draw lines to divide the shape into equal parts
that show the fraction given.
1.
P258
1
__
4
2.
1
__
3
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2. What label could you use to describe Circle B?
Lesson 1
Name
Numbers to Ten Thousand
Essential Question How can you represent numbers to ten thousand
in different ways?
The Thousand Bolts factory uses boxes of
1,000 bolts to fill crates of 10,000 bolts.
How many boxes of 1,000 bolts are in
each crate of 10,000?
t $
JSDMFUIFOVNCFSZPVXJMM
OFFEUPDPVOUUPGJOEUIF
BOTXFS
Count by thousands to find the total number of boxes of
1,000 bolts that will go into each crate. Then count the boxes.
1,000 2,000
__ __ __ __ __ __ __
1
2
__ __ __
So, there are _ boxes of 1,000 bolts in
each crate of 10,000.
Suppose the factory has no crates and must use cases
of 100 to fill an order for 3,200 bolts. How many cases will it pack?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
There are _ cases of 100 in 1,000.
So, there are _ cases of 100 in 3,000.
There are _ cases of 100 in 200.
Add the cases. 30 1 2 5 _.
So, the factory will pack 32 cases of 100.
8IBU JG UIF
GBDUPSZ IBE CPYFT PG BOE CBHT PG CVU OP
DBTFT PG Explain IPX
JU DPVME QBDL UIF PSEFS GPS
CPMUT
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P259
Share and Show
1. The Thousand Bolts factory has an order for
3,140 bolts. How can it pack the order using the
CPY5 CPMUT
fewest packages?
DBTF5 CPMUT
CBH5 CPMUT
2. Suppose the bolt factory has only cases and bags.
How can it pack the order for 3,140 bolts?
3. Suppose the bolt factory has only boxes and bags.
How can it pack the order for 3,140 bolts?
On Your OwnN
Complete the packing chart. Use the fewest packages
possible. When there is a zero, use the next smaller
size package.
Crates
(Ten Thousands)
Boxes
(Thousands)
Cases
(Hundreds)
Bags
(Tens)
7
0
4.
5,267
5.
2,709
6.
5,619
7.
8,416
0
1
8.
3,967
0
0
5
9. The Thousand Bolts factory used 9 boxes, 9 cases, and
10 bags to fill an order. How many bolts did they pack?
P260
Single Bolts
(Ones)
6
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Number of
Bolts Ordered
Lesson 2
Name
Read and Write Numbers to
Ten Thousands
Essential Question What are some ways you can read and write numbers?
The ABC Block Factory receives an order
for blocks. The base-ten blocks show the
number of blocks ordered.
t )PXNBOZCMPDLTXFSFPSEFSFE
5IFMPDBUJPOPGBEJHJUJO
BOVNCFSUFMMTJUTWBMVF
Each worker on the team checks the order by expressing the
number in a different way. What way does each worker use?
Read and write numbers.
8PSEGPSNJTBXBZUPXSJUFBOVNCFSVTJOHXPSET
4BNHFUTUIFPSEFSBOESFBETUIFOVNCFSUP.BSZUXP
UIPVTBOE GJWFIVOESFEUIJSUFFO
&YQBOEFEGPSNJTBXBZUPXSJUFBOVNCFSCZTIPXJOHUIF
WBMVFPGFBDIEJHJU
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
.BSZVTFTUIFWBMVFPGFBDIEJHJUUPSFDPSEUIFOVNCFSPG
CMPDLTUIBUXJMMCFJOFBDIUZQFPGQBDLBHF
2,000 1 500 1 10 1 3
4UBOEBSEGPSNJTBXBZUPXSJUFBOVNCFSVTJOHUIFEJHJUT
UP XJUIFBDIEJHJUIBWJOHBQMBDFWBMVF
8IFOUIFPSEFSJTDPNQMFUF ,ZMFXSJUFTUIFUPUBMOVNCFSPG
CMPDLTPOUIFQBDLJOHTMJQ So, Sam says the number using ___
form, Mary uses ___ form,
and Kyle uses ___ form.
ExplainIPX
UPGJOEUIFWBMVFPGUIF
VOEFSMJOFEEJHJUJO7,521.
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P261
Share and Show
1. Write the number shown in expanded form.
TEN THOUSANDS
THOUSANDS
HUNDREDS
TENS
ONES
7,
5
9
8
1 500 1 90 1
Write the number in standard form.
2. 4,000 1 600 1 70 1 4
3. eight thousand, two hundred sixty-one
Write the value of the underlined digit two ways.
4. 6,920
5. 8 ,063
On Your OwnN
Write the number in standard form.
6. 5,000 1 600 1 90 1 7
7. two thousand, three hundred fifty-nine
8. one thousand, three hundred two
Write the value of the underlined digit two ways.
9. 6,818
10. 9,342
12. Rename 2,934 as tens and ones.
and tens.
hundreds
tens
13. The number of children who attended the fair
on opening day is 351 more than the value of
4 thousands. How many children attended
the fair on opening day?
P262
tens
ones
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
11. Rename 3,290 as hundreds
Lesson 3
Name
Relative Size on a Number Line
Essential Question How can you locate and name a point on a number line?
Wilfren has 40 pennies, Ella has 400
pennies, and Matt has 4,000 pennies. How
do their amounts of pennies compare?
t $
JSDMFUIFBNPVOUTZPVOFFE
UPDPNQBSF
Compare the relative sizes of the amounts of pennies.
Think:UFOTJT
Think: IVOESFETJT Think:UIPVTBOETJT So, Ella has _ times as many pennies as
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Wilfren, and Matt has _ times as many
pennies as Ella.
Try This!
Find the number represented by the point.
Start at 0. Skip count by 1,000s until you reach point A.
There are _ jumps of 1,000. So, point A represents
__.
ExplainIPXUP
MPDBUFBOEESBXUIFQPJOU
POBOVNCFSMJOF
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P263
Share and Show
Find the number that point B represents on the number line.
1.
On Your OwnN
Find the number represented by the point.
2.
3.
Use the number line for 4–5.
Nestor and Elliot are playing a number line game.
4. Nestor’s score is shown by point N on the
number line. What is his score?
5. Elliot’s score is 8,000. Is Elliot’s score located to the
right or to the left of Nestor’s score? Explain.
P264
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson 4
Name
Compare 3- and 4-Digit Numbers
Essential Question What are some ways you can compare numbers?
Cody collected 2,365 pennies. Jasmine collected
1,876 pennies. Who collected more pennies?
t 8
IBUEPZPVOFFE
UPGJOE
You can compare numbers in different ways to
find which number is greater.
One Way
Use base-ten blocks.
Compare the values of the blocks in each place-value position
from left to right. Keep comparing the blocks until the values
are different.
2 thousands is greater than 1 thousand. So, 2,365
1,876.
So, Cody collected more pennies.
Another Way
Use place value.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Compare 7,376 and 7,513.
Compare digits in the same place-value position
from left to right.
3FBE,BTis less than
3FBE.BTis greater than
3FBE5BTis equal to
THOUSANDS HUNDREDS TENS ONES
7,
3
7
6
7,
5
1
3
STEP 1:$PNQBSFUIFUIPVTBOET5IFEJHJUTBSFUIFTBNF
STEP 2:$PNQBSFUIFIVOESFET
So, 7,376
7,513.
5
ExplainIPX
ZPVLOPXUIBUJT
MFTTUIBO Getting Ready for Grade 4
P265
Share and Show
1. Compare 2,351 and 3,018. Which number has more
thousands? Which number is greater?
Compare the numbers. Write ,, ., or 5 in the
2. 835
4. 809
853
890
.
3. 7,891
7,891
5. 3,834
3,483
On Your OwnN
Compare the numbers. Write ,, ., or 5 in the
6. 219
8. 5,154
10. 1,837
2,119
5,154
837
.
7. 2,517
2,715
9. 5,107
5,105
11. 9,832
9,328
12. Nina has a dictionary with 1,680 pages. Trey has
13. The odometer in Ed’s car shows it has been driven
8,946 miles. The odometer in Beth’s car shows
it has been driven 5,042 miles. Which car has been
driven more miles?
14. Avery said that she is 3,652 days old. Tamika
said that she is 3,377 days old. Who is younger?
P266
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
a dictionary with 1,490 pages. Use ,, ., or 5 to
compare the number of pages in the dictionaries.
Name
Concepts and Skills
Complete the packing chart. Use the fewest packages
possible. When there is a zero, use the next smaller
size package. (pp. P259–P260)
Number of Bolts
Crates
Ordered
(Ten Thousands)
1.
5,267
2.
2,709
Boxes
(Thousands)
Cases
(Hundreds)
Bags
(Tens)
7
0
Single Bolts
(Ones)
5
Find the number that point A represents on the
number line. (pp. P263–P264)
3.
Compare the numbers. Write ,, ., or 5 in the
.
(pp. P265–P266)
4.
4,310
4,023
5.
5,136
5,136
6.
732
6,532
7.
9,436
4,963
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
(pp. P261–P262, P265–P266)
8. The number of people who attended
the Spring Festival is 799 more than
8 thousands. How many people
attended the festival?
______
9. There are
1,290 photos on
Nadia’s memory card. There are
1,450 photos on Trevor’s memory
card. Use ,, ., or 5 to compare
the number of photos on the
memory cards.
______
Getting Ready for Grade 4 P267
TEST
PREP
Fill in the bubble for the correct answer choice.
10.
A marble factory ships marbles using bags of 10,
cases of 100, cartons of 1,000, and boxes of 10,000.
The factory has an order for 3,570 marbles. How can
they pack the order if the factory is out of cartons?
(pp. P259–P260)
A
350 cases, 7 bags
B
35 cases, 7 bags
C
35 cases, 57 bags
D
3 cases, 75 bags
11. The number of fans who attend the baseball game
on opening day is 283 more than 4 thousands.
How many fans are attending the baseball game on
opening day? (pp. P261–P262)
A
283
B
4,000
C
4,283
D
4,823
Use the number line for 12–13.
12. Kam scored
6,000 points in a game. Which letter
A F
C H
B G
D I
13. Taissa scored
9,000 points in a game. Which letter
on the number line names the point that represents
Taissa’s score? (pp. P263–P264)
A F
C H
B G
D I
P268
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
on the number line names the point that represents
Kam’s score? (pp. P263–P264)
Lesson 5
Name
Multiply with 11 and 12
Essential Question What strategies can you use to multiply with 11 and 12?
It takes Bobby 11 minutes to walk to school
each morning. How many minutes will
Bobby spend walking to school in 5 days?
t 8
IBUBSFUIFHSPVQTJOUIJT
QSPCMFN
Multiply. 5 3 11 5
One Way Break apart
Another Way
Find a pattern.
an array.
Look at the list.
Make 5 rows of 11.
Use the 10s facts
and the 1s facts
to multiply with 11.
Notice the product has
the same factor in the
tens and ones places.
To find 5 3 11, write
the first factor in the
tens and ones places.
5 3 (10 1 1)
5 3 10 5
5 3 11 5
5315
5 3 11 5 55
1
1 3 11 5
2 3 11 5
3 3 11 5
4 3 11 5
11
22
33
44
5 3 11 5
6 3 11 5
7 3 11 5
8 3 11 5
9 3 11 5
66
77
88
99
5 3 11 5
So, Bobby will spend
12 minutes to walk to school?
How many minutes will he spend walking to school in 5 days?
Try This!
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
minutes walking to school.
What if it took Bobby
Break apart the factor 12.
Double a 6s fact.
5 3 (10 1 2)
Find the 6s product.
5 3 10 5 50
5 3 12 5
So, 5 3 12 5
5 3 2 5 10
1
Double that product.
5
. Bobby will spend
5 3 6 5 30
1
5
minutes walking to school.
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P269
Share and Show
1. How can you use the 10s facts and the
2s facts to find 4 3 12?
Find the product.
2. 9 3 11 5 _
3. 7 3 12 5 _
4. _ 5 4 3 11
5. _ 5 11 3 6
6. _ 5 12 3 2
7. 0 3 11 5 _
8. _ 5 6 3 12
9. 8 3 12 5 _
10. 7 3 11 5 _
11. 12 3 9 5 _
12. 3 3 12 5 _
13. 1 3 12 5 _
On Your OwnN
Find the product.
Miles from Home to School
miles some students travel to school
each day. How many miles will
Carlos travel to school in 5 days?
Matt
Carlos
Mandy
0
2
4
P270
8
10
Number of Miles
15. Suppose that Mandy takes 9 trips to school, and Matt takes
11 trips to school. Who travels more miles? Explain.
6
12
14
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
14. The graph shows the number of
Student
Use the graph for 14–15.
Lesson 6
Name
Divide with 11 and 12
Essential Question What strategies can you use to divide with 11 and 12?
Tara collects 60 postcards. She arranges
them in 12 equal stacks. How many
postcards are in each stack?
t %
PZPVOFFEUPGJOEUIF
OVNCFSPGHSPVQTPSUIF
OVNCFSJOFBDIHSPVQ
Divide. 60 4 12 5 n
One Way Use a multiplication table.
Since division is the inverse of
multiplication, you can use a
multiplication table to find a quotient.
¨
t -PPLVQUPGJOEUIFVOLOPXOGBDUPS
t 5IFVOLOPXOGBDUPSJT
Since 12 3 5 5 60, then
Think of a related multiplication fact.
12 3 n 5 60
t 'JOEUIFSPXGPSUIFGBDUPS
t -PPLBDSPTTUPGJOEUIFQSPEVDU 60 4 12 5 _.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Another Way Use repeated subtraction.
t 4UBSUXJUI
t 4VCUSBDUVOUJMZPVSFBDI
t $PVOUUIFOVNCFSPGUJNFTZPVTVCUSBDU
2
_
48
48 2
2
2
_
_
_ 2
_
You subtracted 12 five times.
60 4 12 5 _
So, there are 5 postcards in each stack.
8IBUPUIFS
TUSBUFHJFTDBOZPVVTF
UPEJWJEF
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P271
Share and Show
1. Use the multiplication table on page P271 to find 99 4 11.
Think: What is a related multiplication fact?
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
2. 11 3
5 66
66 4 11 5
5_
4. 3 3
3. 2 3
5_
5 33
24 4 2 5
5_
33 4 3 5
5_
5 24
5. 12 3
5_
5 72
5_
72 4 12 5
5_
5_
On Your OwnN
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
6. 11 3
5 55
55 4 11 5
5_
8. 8 3
7. 12 3
5_
5 96
48 4 12 5
5_
96 4 8 5
5_
5 48
9. 8 3
5_
5 88
5_
88 4 8 5
5_
5_
Find the quotient.
10. 11 4 11 5 _
11. 77 4 7 5 _
12. _ 5 60 4 12
13. _ 5 22 4 11
14. 108 4 9 5 _
15. 84 4 12 5 _
16. 36 4 3 5 _
17. _ 5 96 4 12
18. 12 4 12 5 _
19. 96 4 8
96 4 12
20. 77 4 11
.
84 4 12
21. 99 4 11
22. Justin printed 44 posters to advertise the garage sale. He gave
11 friends the same number of posters to display around the
neighborhood. How many posters did Justin give each friend?
P272
84 4 7
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Compare. Write ,, ., or 5 for each
ALGEBRA
Lesson 7
Name
Multiplication and Division Relationships
Essential Question How can you write related multiplication and division equations
for 2-digit factors?
Multiplication and division are inverse operations.
Megan has a rose garden with the
same number of bushes planted in each of
4 rows. There are 48 bushes in the garden.
How many bushes are in each row
of Megan’s garden?
One Way
t 8IBUEPZPVOFFEUPGJOE
Another Way
.BLFBOBSSBZ
8SJUFSFMBUFEFRVBUJPOT
48 4 4 5 n
48 4 4 5 n
$PVOUUJMFT.BLFSPXTCZ
QMBDJOHUJMFJOFBDISPX
Think:UJNFTXIBUOVNCFS
FRVBMT
$POUJOVFQMBDJOHUJMFJOFBDIPG
4 3 _ 5 48
UIFSPXTVOUJMBMMUIFUJMFTBSFVTFE
:PVDBODIFDLZPVSBOTXFSVTJOH
%SBX UIFBSSBZZPVNBEF
SFQFBUFEBEEJUJPO
_1_1_1_5_
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
8SJUFSFMBUFEFRVBUJPOT
_ 3 _ 5 48
5IFSFBSF_UJMFTJOFBDISPX
48 4 _ 5 _
_4_5_
So, there are _ bushes in each row
of Megan’s garden.
)PXDBOZPV
UFMMJGUXPFRVBUJPOT
BSFSFMBUFE
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P273
Share and Show
1. Complete the related equations for this array.
3 3 11 5 33
33 4 3 5 11
Complete the related multiplication and
division equations.
2. 1 3 11 5 _
3. 5 3 _ 5 60
4. _ 3 11 5 77
_ 3 1 5 11
12 3 5 5 _
_ 3 7 5 77
11 4 1 5 _
_ 4 5 5 12
77 4 _ 5 11
_ 4 11 5 1
60 4 _ 5 5
_ 4 11 5 7
On Your OwnN
Complete the related multiplication and
division equations.
6. 6 3 _ 5 66
7. 12 3 8 5 _
_ 3 7 5 84
11 3 _ 5 66
8 3 _ 5 96
_ 4 7 5 12
66 4 6 5 _
96 4 _ 5 8
84 4 _ 5 7
66 4 11 5 _
96 4 8 5 _
8. Megan cut 108 roses to make
flower arrangements. She made
9 equal arrangements. How many
roses were in each arrangement?
P274
9. Megan put 22 roses in a vase.
She cut the same number of roses
from each of 11 different bushes.
How many roses did she cut from
each bush?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. _ 3 12 5 84
Lesson 8
Name
Use Multiplication Patterns
Essential Question How can you multiply with 10, 100, and 1,000?
Mrs. Goldman ordered 4 boxes of
yo-yos for her toy store. Each box had
100 yo-yos. How many yo-yos did
Mrs. Goldman order?
t $
JSDMFUIFOVNCFSTZPVOFFE
UPVTF
t 8
IBUPQFSBUJPODBOZPVVTF
UPGJOEUIFUPUBMXIFOZPV
IBWFFRVBMHSPVQT
Use a basic fact and a pattern to multiply.
Factors
Products
431
5
4
4 3 10
5
40
4 3 100
5
400
Think: Use the basic fact 4 3 1 5 4.
Look for a pattern of zeros.
"TUIFOVNCFSPG[FSPT
JOBGBDUPSJODSFBTFT UIFOVNCFSPG[FSPTJO
UIFQSPEVDUJODSFBTFT
So, Mrs. Goldman ordered 400 yo-yos.
Try This!
Use a basic fact and a pattern to find
the products.
A.
13353
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
10 3 3 5
B.
531
55
5 3 10
5 50
5 3 100
5
5 3 1,000 5
8IFONVMUJQMZJOH
9 3 IPXNBOZ[FSPT
XJMMCFJOUIFQSPEVDU Explain
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P275
Share and Show
1. Explain how to use a basic fact and a pattern
to find 6 3 100.
Use a basic fact and a pattern to find the products.
2. 7 3 10 5
3. 10 3 5 5
4. 3 3 10 5
7 3 100 5
100 3 5 5
3 3 100 5
7 3 1,000 5
1,000 3 5 5
3 3 1,000 5
On Your OwnN
Use a basic fact and a pattern to find the products.
5. 2 3 10 5
6. 10 3 8 5
7. 9 3 10 5
2 3 100 5
100 3 8 5
9 3 100 5
2 3 1,000 5
1,000 3 8 5
9 3 1,000 5
Find the product.
8. 10 3 8 5
11. 1,000 3 4 5
9. 6 3 100 5
12.
10.
5 4 3 100
5 1,000 3 3 13. 9 3 100 5
Name
Use the picture graph.
14. Patty has 20 fewer yo-yos in her collection
than Chuck. Draw yo-yos in the picture graph.
to show the number of yo-yos in Patty’s
collection. Explain your answer.
Max
Chuck
Patty
Key: Each
P276
Number of Yo-Yos
5 10 Yo-Yos.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Yo-Yo Collections
Lesson 9
Name
Use Models to Multiply
Tens and Ones
Essential Question How can you use base-ten blocks and area models to model
multiplication with a 2-digit factor?
Three groups of 14 students toured the
state capitol in Columbus, Ohio. How
many students toured the capitol in all?
t 8IBUEPZPVOFFEUPGJOE
t $
JSDMFUIFOVNCFSTZPVOFFE
to use.
Multiply. 3 3 14 5 O
One Way
Another Way
STEP 1
STEP 1
Model 3 3XJUICBTFUFOCMPDLT
Model 3 3 14 with an area model.
3 rows of 10
3 rows of 4
3 rows of 10
STEP 2
Multiply the tens and ones.
Record each product.
3 rows of 4
STEP 2
Multiply the tens.
Multiply the ones.
3 3 10 5 _
3345_
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
STEP 3
Add the products.
30 1 12 5 42
3 3 14 5 42
3 3 10 5 _
3345_
STEP 3
Add the products.
30 1 12 5 42
3 3 14 5 42
So, 42 students toured the capitol.
How are the two
ways to find a product alike?
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P277
Share and Show
1. One way to model 18 is 1 ten 8 ones.
How can knowing this help you
find 4 3 18?
Find the product. Show your multiplication and addition.
2.
3.
3 3 16 5 n
4.
6 3 14 5 n
5 3 13 5 n
On Your OwnN
Find the product. Show your multiplication and addition.
7.
6.
4 3 13 5 n
5 3 15 5 n
8. Randy rakes yards for $5 an hour. How much
money does he earn if he works for 12 hours?
P278
3 3 17 5 n
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5.
Lesson 10
Name
Model Division with Remainders
Essential Question How can you use counters to model division
with remainders?
Madison has 13 seeds. She wants to put the
same number of seeds in each of 3 pots.
How many seeds can Madison put into each
pot? How many seeds are left over?
Activity
t )
PXEPZPVLOPXIPXNBOZ
HSPVQTUPNBLF
Materials O counters
Use counters to find 13 4 3.
STEP 1 Use 13 counters. Draw 3 circles for
the 3 pots.
STEP 2 Place one counter in each group until
there are not enough to put 1 more in
each of the groups.
There are _ counters in each circle.
There is _ counter left over.
13 4 3 is 4 with 1 left over.
The quotient is 4.
The remainder is 1.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
So, Madison can put 4 seeds in each pot.
There is 1 seed left over.
After dividing a group of objects into equal groups
as large as possible, there may be some left over.
The amount left over is called the remainder.
Try This!
What if Madison wants to put
Explain why you
cannot have a remainder
of 3 when you divide by 3.
4 seeds
in each pot. How many pots will Madison need?
How many seeds will be left over?
_________
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P279
Share and Show
1. Divide 13 counters into 2 equal groups.
There are _ counters in each group,
and _ counter left over.
Complete.
2. April divided 17 counters into
4 equal groups.
There were _ counters in each
group and _ counter left over.
3. Divide 20 counters into groups of 6.
There are _ groups and _
counters left over.
On Your OwnN
Complete.
5. Divide 60 pieces of chalk into
groups.
groups of 8.
There are _ pencils in each
There are _ groups and _
pieces of chalk left over.
group and _ pencils left over.
Find the total number of objects.
6. There are 2 shoes in each of
6 groups and 1 shoe left over.
There are _ shoes in all.
7. There are 4 apples in each of
3 groups and 2 apples left over.
There are _ apples in all.
Use the bar graph for 8.
8. If Hector divides the oak leaves evenly into
4 display boxes, how many leaves will be in
each box? How many leaves will be left over?
Number of Leaves
Leaf Collection
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Elm
P280
Maple
Leaf
Oak
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
4. Divide 14 pencils into 3 equal
Lesson 11
Name
Use Models to Divide
Tens and Ones
Essential Question How can you model division with a 2-digit quotient?
Emma baked 52 muffins. She wants to put
an equal number of muffins on each of
4 trays. How many muffins can she put on
each tray?
t $
JSDMFUIFOVNCFSTZPVOFFE
to use.
t )
PXNBOZFRVBMHSPVQTBSF
there?
Find 52 4 4.
STEP 1
Use base-ten blocks to model
the problem. Draw 4 rectangles
to represent the 4 equal groups.
STEP 2
Share the tens. Place 1 ten in
each group until there are not
enough tens to put 1 more ten
in each group.
STEP 3
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Regroup the remaining ten
as ones. There are now 12 ones.
STEP 4
Share the ones. Place 1 one in
each group until there are not
enough ones to put 1 more one
in each group.
So, Emma can put _ muffins on each tray.
)PXDBOZPV
DIFDLZPVSBOTXFS
Getting Ready for Grade 4 P281
Share and Show
1. Find 42 4 2.
sä(OWäMANYäEQUALäGROUPSäAREäTHEREä_
sä(OWäMANYäTENSäGOäINäEACHäGROUPä_
sä(OWäMANYäONESäGOäINäEACHäGROUPä_
sä4HEäQUOTIENTäISä_.
Use base-ten blocks and your MathBoard to divide.
2. 65 4 5 5 _
3. 90 4 3 5 _
4. 88 4 4 5 _
On Your OwnN
Use base-ten blocks and your MathBoard to divide.
6. 69 4 3 5 _
8. Roger has 84 trading cards. He
wants to put an equal number in
each of 3 boxes. How many cards
will he put into each box?
P282
7. 96 4 6 5 _
9. Riley has 78 postcards. She wants
to put 6 on each poster board. How
many poster boards will she need?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. 72 4 2 5 _
Name
Concepts and Skills
Find the product.
1. _ 5
(pp. P269–P270)
11 3 5
2.
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
3.
43
5 44
12 3 7 5 _
(pp. P271–P272)
44 4 4 5
5_
5_
4. Write the related multiplication and division equations
for the numbers 5, 12, 60. (pp. P273–P274)
__
__
__
__
Use a basic fact and a pattern to find the products. (pp. P275–P276)
5. 3 3 10 5 __
6. 10 3 7 5 __
3 3 100 5 __
100 3 7 5 __
3 3 1,000 5 __
1,000 3 7 5 __
Find the product. Show your multiplication and division.
3 3 10 5 _
7.
3345_
_1_5_
3 3 14 5
3 3 14 5 _
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use base-ten blocks and your MathBoard to divide.
8.
132 4 6 5 _
10. Jerry printed
(pp. P277–P278)
48 photos. He gave
4 friends the same number of
9.
(pp. P281–P282)
160 4 8 5 _
11. Tina divides
17 crayons into 3 equal
photos. How many photos did each
friend receive? (pp. P271–P272)
groups. How many crayons will be
in each group? How many crayons
will be left over? (pp. P279–P280)
______
______
Getting Ready for Grade 4 P283
Fill in the bubble for the correct answer choice.
12. Marita cuts 72 daisies to make bouquets. She makes
6 equal bouquets. How many daisies are in each
bouquet? (pp. P273–P274)
A
6
C
8
B
7
D
12
TEST
PREP
$5 an hour to babysit. How much
money does she earn in 16 hours? (pp. P277–P278)
13. Christine charges
A
$21
C
$64
B
$50
D
$80
14. Use the bar graph. Hector divides the carrot seeds
evenly in 4 garden plots. How many carrot seeds
will be left over? (pp. P279–P280)
Vegetable Seeds
Vegetable
Corn
Peas
Carrots
A
5
B
4
C
3
D
2
39 model cars. He wants to display an
equal number of model cars on each of 3 shelves.
15. Roberto has
How many model cars will he put on each shelf?
(pp. P281–P282)
A
2
B
9
C
13
D
39
P284
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Number of Seeds
Lesson 12
Name
Model Tenths and Hundredths
Essential Question How can you model and write fractions in tenths
and hundredths?
You can use models to represent fractions
in tenths and hundredths.
t 8IBUEPZPVOFFEUPGJOEUP
write the fraction?
A
STEP 1
STEP 2
This model has 10 equal parts.
Each part is one tenth.
Shade three parts out of ten
equal parts.
Write the fraction.
Think: Three tenths are shaded.
_
B
STEP 1
STEP 2
This model has 100 equal parts.
Each part is one hundredth.
Shade eight of one hundred
equal parts.
Write the fraction.
Think: Eight hundredths are shaded.
_
Try This!
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Shade the model to show nine of the
ten equal parts.
Shade the model to show sixty-five of
the hundred equal parts.
Which number
in a fraction represents
the number of parts
being counted, and which
represents the number of
equal parts in the whole?
Read: ____
Read: ____
Write: _
Write: _
Getting Ready for Grade 4 P285
Share and Show
Write the fraction that names the shaded part.
1.
2.
3.
Think: )PXNBOZ
equal parts are
shaded?
__
__
__
Shade to model the fraction. Then write the fraction in numbers.
4. three tenths
5. twenty-three hundredths
__
__
On Your OwnN
Write the fraction that names the shaded part.
7.
10. Each player shot a basketball 10
times. Eric made 4 baskets. Write
a fraction to represent the part of
Eric’s shots that were baskets.
P286
8.
9.
11. Nina asked 100 students if
they have a pet. Of the students,
19
___
100 have a cat. How many students
have a cat?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
6.
Lesson 13
Name
Fractions Greater Than One
Essential Question When might you use a fraction greater than 1 or a
mixed number?
1
Troy uses __
of a box of clay to make one
4
model of a car. How many boxes of clay
does he use to make 5 model cars?
t )
PXNVDIDMBZEPFT5SPZVTF
UPNBLFFBDINPEFMDBS
t )
PXNBOZNPEFMDBSTEPFT
5SPZNBLF
Make a model.
4
Think: __
51
4
t %SBXTRVBSFTEJWJEFEJOUPGPVSUITUPTIPXUIF
CPYFTPGDMBZ4IBEF__
14 GPSUIFBNPVOUPGDMBZ
5SPZVTFTGPSFBDIPGUIFNPEFMDBST
0OFXIPMFBOE
POFGPVSUIBSF
TIBEFE
__
Write: 11
4
t $PVOUUIFOVNCFSPGTIBEFEQBSUT5IFSFBSF
_ TIBEFEQBSUT
t 8SJUFUIFGSBDUJPO
____
TIBEFEQBSUT
QBSUTJOUIFXIPMF
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5
The number __
is a fraction greater than 1.
4
A fraction greater than 1 can be written as
a mixed number. A mixed number has a
whole number and a fraction.
1 BTone
Read 1__
4
and one fourth
5
1 boxes of clay to make 5 model cars.
So, Troy uses __
or 1__
4
4
1 equal?
1__
4
5
Why are __
and
4
Getting Ready for Grade 4 P287
Share and Show
1. Each fraction circle is 1 whole. Write a mixed
number for the parts that are shaded.
There are _ parts shaded.
There are _ equal parts in the whole.
Fraction: ____
shaded parts
parts in a whole
There is _ whole shaded and _ thirds shaded.
The mixed number is _ .
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a mixed number for
the parts that are shaded.
2.
3.
On Your OwnN
4.
5.
6
6. Luis played __ games of soccer this
4
7
7. Marci used __ packages of juice
3
season. How can you write the
number of games Luis played as a
mixed number?
P288
drinks. How can you write the
number of packages of juice drinks
Marci used as a mixed number?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a mixed number for
the parts that are shaded.
Lesson 14
Name
Equivalent Fractions
Essential Question How can you use models to find equivalent
fractions?
Bart brought an apple pie to the picnic. He cut the pie
into 6 equal pieces and 3 pieces were eaten.
sä ä7HATäFRACTIONäNAMESäTHEäAMOUNTäOFäTHEäPIEäTHATä
was eaten? _
sä ä7HATäFRACTIONäNAMESäTHEäAMOUNTäOFäTHEäPIEäTHATä
WASäLEFTäOVERä_
"ARTäDIVIDEDäEACHäOFäTHEäLEFTOVERäPIECESäINTOä2 equal
pieces. Draw a dashed line on each piece to show how
"ARTäDIVIDEDäITä
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
!FTERäYOUäDIVIDEäEACHäSIXTH SIZEäPIECEäINTOä2 equal pieces,
there will be 12 pieces in the whole pie. The pieces are
CALLEDäTWELFTHSä
sä ä7HATäFRACTIONäNAMESäTHEäTOTALäNUMBERäOFäPIECESä
ä "ARTäHASäLEFTä_
____ and ____äAREäEQUIVALENTäSINCEäTHEYäBOTHäNAMEäTHEä
6
12
SAMEäAMOUNTäOFäTHEäPIEä
How do the size
of the parts compare in the
equivalent fractions? How
do the number of parts
compare?
Getting Ready for Grade 4 P289
Share and Show
Use models to find the equivalent fraction.
1
1. __ 5 ____
2
4
ä ä ä4HISäMODELäSHOWSäAäWHOLEäDIVIDEDäINTOä2 equal parts.
__.
3HADEäTHEäMODELäTOäSHOWäTHEäFRACTIONää1
2
ä ä ä4HISäMODELäSHOWSäAäWHOLEäDIVIDEDäINTOä4 equal parts.
__.
3HADEäTHEäMODELäTOäSHOWäAäFRACTIONäEQUIVALENTäTOää1
2
So, ____ 5 ____.
2
4
On Your OwnN
Use models to find the equivalent fraction.
1 5 ____
2. __
9 5 ____
3. ___
4. !äLOAFäOFäBREADäHASä12äSLICESä-ICKYä
5. Sandra used 1_4 äOFäAäMETERäOFäSTRINGä
6
ate 1_4 äOFäTHEäLOAFä7RITEäTHEäFRACTIONäOFä
THEäLOAFä-ICKYäATEäINäTWELFTHS
P290
12
4
TOäMAKEäAäBRACELETä7RITEäTHEäFRACTIONä
OFäAäMETERäOFäSTRINGä3ANDRAäUSEDä
in eighths.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2
Lesson 15
Name
Equivalent Fractions on a Multiplication Table
Essential Question How can you generate equivalent fractions using a multiplication table?
You can use a model to show the
equivalent fractions 1_2 , 2_4 , and 3_6 .
CONNECT
Think: The same amount is shaded
in the models; the second model and
third model have more parts shaded.
55
You can use a multiplication table for
other equivalent fractions for 1_2 .
Activity
What are some equivalent
fractions for
_1 ?
2
Materials
O
t *OBNVMUJQMJDBUJPOUBCMF IPX
BSFB QSPEVDUBOEUIFQSPEVDU
CFMPXJUSFMBUFE
multiplication table
t 4 IBEFUIFSPXGPSUIFOVNFSBUPSPGUIFGSBDUJPO12_ .
5IFOVNFSBUPSJT
t
4IBEFUIFSPXGPSUIFEFOPNJOBUPSPGUIFGSBDUJPO_12 .
5IFEFOPNJOBUPSJT
t -PPLBDSPTTUIFSPXTGPSOVNFSBUPSBOE
EFOPNJOBUPS
8SJUFUIFQSPEVDUTXJUIUIFOVNFSBUPSBTBGBDUPS5IFOXSJUFUIFQSPEVDUT
XJUIUIFEFOPNJOBUPSBTBGBDUPS5IFGJSTUUISFFBSFEPOFGPSZPV
numerator
denominator
152
6
__
__ 5 3
__5 ___ 5 ___
8
2 4 6
8IZJTUIFBSSBOHFNFOU
PGGBDUPSTBOEQSPEVDUTJOB
NVMUJQMJDBUJPOUBCMFIFMQGVMJO
GJOEJOHFRVJWBMFOUGSBDUJPOT © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
t 8
IBUEPZPVOPUJDFBCPVUUIFQSPEVDUTGSPNUIFDPMVNO
GPSUPUIFDPMVNOGPS
5IFOVNFSBUPSBOEEFOPNJOBUPSCPUIJODSFBTFCZBGBDUPSPG_.
t 8IBUEPZPVOPUJDFBCPVUUIFQSPEVDUTGSPNUIFDPMVNO
GPSUPUIFDPMVNOGPS 5IFOVNFSBUPSBOEEFOPNJOBUPSCPUIJODSFBTFCZBGBDUPSPG_.
t 8IBUEPZPVOPUJDFBCPVUUIFQSPEVDUTGSPNUIFDPMVNO
GPSUPUIFDPMVNOGPS
5PGJOEBOFRVJWBMFOU
GSBDUJPO ZPVDBO
NVMUJQMZCPUIUIF
OVNFSBUPSBOE
EFOPNJOBUPSCZUIF
TBNFOVNCFS
5IFOVNFSBUPSBOEEFOPNJOBUPSCPUIJODSFBTFCZBGBDUPSPG_.
6
1
_
So, _24 , 3_6 , _48 , and __
12 are some equivalent fractions for 2 .
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P291
Share and Show
Use a multiplication table to find equivalent fractions.
1. Write 3 equivalent fractions for 1_3 .
ä ä sää3HADEäTHEäROWäFORäTHEäNUMERATORäof the
fraction
1
_.
3
The numerator is _.
ä ä sää3HADEäTHEäROWäFORäTHEäDENOMINATORäof the
fraction _13 . The denominator is _.
ä ä sää,OOKäACROSSäTHEäROWSäFORäNUMERATORä1 and denominator 3.
Write the products with the numerator 1 as a factor. Then write
the products with the denominator 3 as a factor.
numerator
denominator
1
__ 5 ___ 5 ___ 5 ___ .
6
3
1 5 ____ 5 ____ 5 ____
So, __
3
List 3 equivalent fractions.
__
2. 1
6
__
3. 1
4
On Your OwnN
Use a multiplication table to find three equivalent fractions.
__
4. 2
3
5. ___
6. On Jan’s soccer team, 1_5 of the
7. Chen used 3_4 of a carton of milk.
players are on the field. What are
three equivalent fractions that name
the part of the team on the field?
P292
10
What are three equivalent fractions
that name the part of the carton of
milk that Chen used?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5
Name
Concepts and Skills
Write the fraction that names the shaded part.
1.
(pp. P285–P286)
2.
______
______
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a mixed number for the
parts that are shaded. (pp. P287–P288)
3.
______
Use models to find the equivalent fraction.
1
4. __ 5 ____
4
(pp. P289–P290)
5
5. __ 5 ____
12
6
12
Use a multiplication table to find three equivalent fractions.
3
6. __
4
7. ___
4
10
______
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
(pp. P291–P292)
8. Three friends shared 4 pies equally.
Each person got _4 pies. How can
______
9. Bill bought a large submarine
you write how much pie each
person got as a mixed number?
sandwich and cut it into 8 equal
pieces. He ate 1_4 of the sandwich.
How can you write how much of
the sandwich Bill ate as eighths?
______
______
3
Getting Ready for Grade 4 P293
Fill in the bubble for the correct answer choice.
10. Each player hit a baseball 10 times. Linda batted
8 balls to the outfield. Write a fraction to show what
part of 10 hits Linda batted to the outfield. (pp. P285–P286)
TEST
PREP
___
A 18
B
C
D
11.
Vilma used 8_3 packages of graham crackers to
make piecrusts. How can you write the packages of
crackers Vilma used as a mixed number? (pp. P287–P288)
A
B
12.
18
10
___
8
9
___
10
8
___
10
__
21
8
__
21
3
C
D
__
22
3
__
31
3
__ of a meter of ribbon to decorate a
Sam used 10
12
picture frame. What fraction of a meter of ribbon, in
sixths, did Sam use? (pp. P289–P290)
B
C
D
13.
12
5
__
6
6
___
12
12
___
10
Leona used 3_8 of a bottle of juice. Which is an
equivalent fraction that names the part of the bottle of
juice that Leona used? (pp. P291–P292)
6
A ___
3
C __
B
D
P294
16
5
__
8
4
8
__
3
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2
A ___
Lesson 16
Name
Same Size, Same Shape
Essential Question How can you identify shapes that have the same size
and are shaped the same?
You can tell if two shapes have the same size
and are shaped the same by comparing the
matching parts of the shapes.
Activity
t 8IBUQBSUTPGUIF TIBQFTEP
ZPVOFFEUPDPNQBSF
Compare size and shape.
Materials O grid paper O scissors O ruler
STEP 1 Trace Shape A on grid paper. Cut out Shape A.
STEP 2 Move Shape A in any way to compare
it to Shape B.
STEP 3 Move Shape A in any way to compare
it to Shape C.
t %PUIFTIBQFTNBUDIFYBDUMZ __
t %PUIFTIBQFTNBUDIFYBDUMZ __
Shape A and Shape B __UIFTBNF
Shape A and Shape C __TIBQFEUIF
TJ[FBOE__TIBQFEUIFTBNF
TBNF
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Try This!
Since all the angles in Shapes A and B are the same,
you can compare shapes by their matching sides.
The length of the shorter side of Shape A is __ units.
Explain how the
TJ[FBOETIBQFPG4IBQFA
DPNQBSFTUPUIFTJ[FBOE
TIBQFPG4IBQFC.
The length of the shorter side of Shape B is __ units.
The length of the longer side of Shape A is __ units.
The length of the longer side of Shape B is __ units.
So, Shape A and Shape B have the __ size and are
shaped the __.
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P295
Share and Show
1. Which shape appears to have the same
size and the same shape as Shape A?
Think: If I trace Shape A and move it,
which shape might it match exactly?
On Your OwnN
2.
3.
4.
5.
6. Kyra says that these shapes have the same
size and same shape. Is she correct? Explain.
P296
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Look at the first shape. Tell if it appears to have the same
size and shape as the second shape. Write yes or no.
ALGEBRA
Lesson 17
Name
Change Customary Units of Length
Essential Question How can you change feet to inches?
You can use different units to name the
same length.
t 8IBUEPZPVOFFEUPGJOE
Erin has a shelf that is 2 feet long. How
many inches long is Erin’s shelf?
One Way Draw a picture.
1 foot 5 12 inches
Draw one box to show each foot. Below each foot, draw
12 small boxes to show the number of inches in 1 foot.
Count the total number of small boxes.
There are 24 small boxes in all. 2 feet 5 _ inches.
So, Erin’s shelf is _ inches long.
Another Way Use a number line.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Erin has a table that is 3 feet long. How many inches long
is her table? Draw a number line and label it in feet.
1
1
Draw a 12-inch jump for each foot. Add the lengths
of the jumps to find the total number of inches.
Why do you count
by 12s when you rename feet
as inches?
3 feet 5 _ inches.
So, Erin’s table is _ inches long.
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P297
Share and Show
1. Use the number line. Rename 4 feet using inches.
4 feet 5 _ inches
On Your OwnN
Draw a picture.
2. Rename 7 feet using inches.
7 feet 5 _ inches
3. Rename 6 feet using inches.
6 feet 5 _ inches
4. Use the number line. Rename 8 feet using inches.
5. Ella has a rope that is 10 feet long.
How many inches long is the rope?
P298
6. Jose is 5 feet tall. How many inches
tall is he?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
8 feet 5 _ inches
ALGEBRA
Lesson 18
Name
Change Metric Units of Length
Essential Question How can you change meters to centimeters?
You have learned to change feet to inches.
In this lesson, you will change meters to centimeters.
CONNECT
Gina needs a piece of wood that
is 4 meters long to make a bench.
How many centimeters of wood does
Gina need?
t 8
IBUEPZPVOFFEUPEPUP
answer the question?
Complete the table to show how the units are related.
STEP 1
Look for a pattern to complete the table.
Describe the relationship.
1 meter 5 100 centimeters
Meters
Centimeters
1
2
3
4
100
200
300
400
5
To find the number of centimeters, add _ centimeters for each meter.
STEP 2
Use the relationship to find the number of centimeters in 4 meters.
4 meters 5 _ centimeters
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
So, Gina needs _ centimeters of wood to make a bench.
Examples
A. Change 6 meters to centimeters.
B. Change 8 meters to centimeters.
Add 100 to _ centimeters.
Multiply 100 centimeters by _.
So, 6 meters 5 _
centimeters.
So, 8 meters 5 _ centimeters.
8IBUEPZPVOFFEUPLOPXJOPSEFS
to change from one unit of length to another?
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P299
Share and Show
1. How can you change 3 meters to centimeters?
Complete the table to show how the units are related.
Meters
Centimeters
1
2
100
200
3
4
400
To find the number of centimeters,
add _ centimeters for each meter.
So, 3 meters 5 _ centimeters.
Find the unknown number.
2. 2 meters 5 _ centimeters
3. 5 meters 5 _ centimeters
On Your OwnN
Complete the table.
4.
Meters
Centimeters
3
4
5
300
400
500
6
7
8
9
10
900
5. 8 meters 5 _ centimeters
6. 3 meters 5 _ centimeters
7. Jorge needs 7 meters of wire for
8. Wanda needs 9 meters of fabric
a garden fence. The wire is sold in
centimeters. How many centimeters
of wire does Jorge need?
P300
to make curtains. She has 1,000
centimeters of fabric. Does Wanda
have enough fabric to make the
curtains? Explain.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the unknown number.
Lesson 19
Name
Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume
Essential Question How are cups, pints, quarts, and gallons related?
You can use customary units to measure the amount of
liquid a container will hold. Some customary units are
cup (c), pint (pt), quart (qt), and gallon (gal).
Low fat
t
Low Fa
1 cup (c)
at
Low F
t
1 pin
1 pint (pt)
ilkn
M
1 gallo
Milk
Milk
1
quart
1 quart (qt)
1 gallon (gal)
Activity
Show how cups, pints, quarts,
and gallons are related.
Materials O cup, pint, quart, gallon containers O water
STEP 1 Estimate the number of cups it will take to fill the pint
container. Record your estimate in the table.
STEP 2 Fill a cup and pour it into the pint container. Repeat until the
pint container is full. Record the number of cups it took to fill
the pint container.
STEP 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the quart and gallon containers.
Number of Cups
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Number of
Cups in a Pint
Number of
Cups in a Quart
Number of
Cups in a Gallon
Estimate
Liquid Volume
Which unit would
you use to measure the amount
of water needed to fill an
aquarium? Explain your choice.
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P301
Share and Show
Choose the unit you would use to measure the
amount of liquid the container will hold. Write cup,
pint, quart, or gallon.
Think: A cup is small.
1.
cup
2.
3.
4.
glass
bucket
bathtub
On Your OwnN
Choose the unit you would use to measure the
amount of liquid the container will hold. Choose the
better unit of measure.
5. a dog’s water bowl: 2 cups or 2 gallons
7. Lila made 3 quarts of lemonade.
How many cups of lemonade
did she make?
P302
8. Richard made 2 gallons of fruit
punch for a party. How many 1-cup
servings can he make?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
6. a juice box: 1 cup or 1 quart
Lesson 20
Name
Estimate and Measure Weight
Essential Question How are ounces and pounds related?
Weight is the measure of how heavy an object is. Customary
units of weight include ounce (oz) and pound (lb).
Customary Units
of Weight
1 pound = 16 ounces
1 slice of bread weighs
about 1 ounce.
Activity
1 loaf of bread weighs
about 1 pound.
Show how ounces and pounds are related.
Materials O spring scale O classroom objects
STEP 1 Estimate the weight of the object shown in the table.
Record your estimate.
STEP 2 Use a scale to measure the weight of the object
to the nearest ounce or pound. Record the weight.
Include the unit when you
record each estimate and
measurement in your table.
STEP 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for each object.
Weight of Objects
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Object
Estimate
Weight
apple
book
pencil box
How do your
estimates compare to the
actual weights?
tape dispenser
Getting Ready for Grade 4
P303
Share and Show
1. Which unit would you use to measure the weight of
Think: A grape is a
small, light object.
a grape? Write ounce or pound.
ounce
Choose the unit you would use to measure the weight.
Write ounce or pound.
2.
3.
4
On Your OwnN
Choose the unit you would use to measure the weight.
Write ounce or pound.
6.
8. Duane bought some oregano to use
in a batch of pasta sauce. Which is a
more likely weight for the oregano,
1 ounce or 1 pound?
P304
7
9. Erin bought a bag of flour to use
for baking dinner rolls. Did she buy
5 ounces of flour or 5 pounds of
flour?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5.
Name
Concepts and Skills
Look at the first shape. Tell if it appears to have the same size
and shape as the second shape. Write yes or no. (pp. P295–P296)
1.
2.
______
3. Use the number line. Rename
______
5 feet using inches. (pp. P297–P298)
5 feet 5 _ inches
Find the unknown number.
4.
(pp. P299–P300)
6 meters 5 _ centimeters
5.
8 meters 5 _ centimeters
Choose the unit you would use to measure the amount of liquid
the container will hold. Choose the better unit of measure. (pp. P301–P302)
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
6. a pitcher of iced tea:
7. A tea pot holds
1 cup or 1 gallon
4 quarts of tea.
8. Evan bought a large bag of dry
How many 1-cup servings of tea
does it hold? (pp. P301–P302)
dog food for his dog. Did Evan
buy 6 ounces or 6 pounds of dog
food? (pp. P303–P304)
______
______
Getting Ready for Grade 4 P305
Fill in the bubble for the correct answer choice.
9. Which shapes appear to have the same size and
shape? (pp. P295–P296)
TEST
PREP
A A and B
C B and D
B B and C
D A and C
10. Trey’s desk is
3 feet wide. How many inches wide is
the desk? (pp. P297–P298)
A
3 inches
C
36 inches
B
24 inches
D
48 inches
11. Juana needs
2 meters of yarn for a friendship
bracelet. How many centimeters of yarn does
she need? (pp. P299–P300)
A
2,000 centimeters
C
20 centimeters
B
200 centimeters
D
2 centimeters
12. Lana made
3 quarts of soup. How many pints of soup
A
6 pints
C
18 pints
B
12 pints
D
24 pints
13. Which object weighs about
1 ounce? (pp. P303–P304)
A a loaf of bread
C a strawberry
B a watermelon
D a chair
P306
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
did she make? (pp. P301–P302)
Lesson 1
Name
Numbers to Ten Thousand
Complete the packing chart. Use the fewest packages possible.
When there is a zero, use the next smaller size package.
Number of
Crates
Boxes
Cases
Stacks Single Blocks
Blocks Ordered (Ten Thousands) (Thousands) (Hundreds) (Tens)
(Ones)
1.
1,492
2.
3,016
3.
2,804
4.
4,675
5.
1,727
6.
0
4
9
2
1
0
0
2
2,351
0
0
7.
5,008
0
0
8.
4,976
0
0
9. A worker at the block factory
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
1
packed blocks in 3 boxes of 1,000,
4 cases of 100, and 9 single
blocks. How many blocks did the
worker pack?
7
10. Matt needs to pack an order for
1,816 blocks. How can Matt pack
the blocks without using boxes
of 1,000?
_______
_______
_______
Getting Ready for Grade 4
GRP1
Lesson 2
Name
Read and Write Numbers to
Ten Thousands
Write the number in standard form.
2,635
1. 2,000 1 600 1 30 1 5 ____
2. five thousand, three hundred sixty ____
3. 8,000 1 800 1 90 1 9 ____
4. one thousand, fifty-one ____
5. three thousand, six hundred nine ____
Write the value of the underlined digit two ways.
6. 5,896
7. 4,492
8. 1 ,350
9. 3,413
10. Rename 4,180 as hundreds and
11. Rename 7,168 as tens and ones.
tens.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
_
hundreds _ tens
12. The population of a town is
4,951 people. What is the value
of the digit 4 in the number?
_____ tens ___ ones
13. The number of tourists who visited
a national park in one day was nine
thousand, four hundred twelve. Write
this number in two other ways.
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP2
Lesson 3
Name
Relative Size on a Number Line
Find the number represented by the point.
1.
7 tens is 70
70
2.
For 3–4, use the number line below.
Colin and Sophia score points in a game.
They show their score on a number line.
3. Colin’s score is shown by point D on the number line.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
How many points has he scored?
4. Sophia scored 3,000 points more than Colin.
Draw a point on the number line to show Sophia’s
score. What is her score?
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP3
Lesson 4
Name
Compare 3- and 4-Digit Numbers
Compare the numbers. Write ,, ., or 5 in the
.
1. 576
. 567
2. 9,876
9,886
3. 490
409
4. 7,245
7,245
9,034
5. 2,145
2,245
6. 9,304
7. 8,691
8,691
8. 245
9. 1,807
807
10. 5,247
5,247
11. 3,485
3,548
12. 1,953
9,351
13. 6,310
6,310
14. 589
15. 760
17. 7,645
1,760
7,546
254
5,890
16. 5,123
5,321
18. 5,612
5,622
19. On Saturday, 4,567 people saw the new animal
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
movie. On Sunday, 4,078 people saw the movie.
Use ,, ., or 5 to compare the number of people
who saw the movie on the two days.
20. Captain Fry flies 1,764 miles. Captain Hale flies
764 miles. Who flies more miles?
21. Adam says he is 1,352 millimeters tall. Bobby says
that he is 1,452 millimeters tall. Who is shorter?
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP4
Lesson 5
Name
Multiply with 11 and 12
Find the product.
99
1. _ 5 9 3 11
2. 12 3 9 5 _
3. _ 5 1 3 11
4. 2 3 11 5 _
5. _ 5 12 3 0
6. _ 5 5 3 11
7. _ 5 7 3 12
8. 4 3 11 5 _
9. _ 5 12 3 4
10. 8 3 11 5 _
11. _ 5 3 3 12
12. _ 5 9 3 12
Think: 9 3 10 5 90 and
93159
So, 9 3 11 5 90 1 9 5 99.
Use the table for 13–14.
Supplies
13. Mr. Wang buys 6 packs of pencils. How many
Item
pencils does Mr. Wang buy?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Pencils
14. Mr. Wang buys 12 packs of pens and 11 packs
Number in
Each Pack
12
Pens
8
Erasers
9
of erasers. Does Mr. Wang buy more pens or
erasers? Explain.
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP5
Lesson 6
Name
Divide with 11 and 12
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
1. 11 3 O 5 88
8
O5 _
88 4 11 5 O
2. 11 3 O 5 55
8
O5 _
3. 12 3 p 5 36
p5_
O5 _
O5 _
36 4 12 5 p
4. 12 3 g 5 84
p5 _
g5 _
55 4 11 5 O
84 4 12 5 g
g5 _
Find the quotient.
5. _ 5 96 4 8
6. 44 4 4 5 _
7. _ 5 60 4 5
8. 55 4 5 5 _
9. _ 5 66 4 6
10. _ 5 48 4 4
11. 72 4 6 5 _
12. 88 4 8 5 _
13. _ 5 108 4 9
14. _ 5 12 4 1
15. _ 5 24 4 2
16. 33 4 3 5 _
Compare. Write ,, ., or 5 for each
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
17. 60 4 12
55 4 11
18. 22 4 2
20. Mrs. Green bought 72 pencils for
her class. There were 12 pencils
in each box. How many boxes of
pencils did Mrs. Green buy?
.
48 4 4
19. 96 4 8
84 4 12
21. Henry baked 33 cookies. He put the
same number of cookies in each of
11 bags. How many cookies did he
put in each bag?
Getting Ready for Grade 4
GRP6
ALGEBRA
Lesson 7
Name
Multiplication and Division
Relationships
Complete the related multiplication and division
equations.
1. 4 3 12 5
12
48 4
48
48
4
5 12
12 3
4 8 5 11
58
5 12
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
4 12 5 8
4 12 5 6
5 36
5 36
6. 4 3 11 5
11 3
5 44
36 4 3 5
44 4
5 11
36 4 12 5
44 4 11 5
3 11 5 22
8.
3 8 5 96
96 4
5. 3 3
5 12
72 4
55
55 4
3 8 5 88
7. 8 3 12 5
3 12 5 72
3.
3 6 5 72
4 5 5 11
4 12 5 4
88 4
5 55
11 3 5 5
3 4 5 48
3 11 5 88
4.
2. 5 3
9. 1 3
11 3 2 5
3 1 5 12
22 4
5 11
22 4 11 5
10. Lisa put 66 flowers in vases. She put
the same number of flowers in each
of 6 vases. How many flowers did
Lisa put in each vase?
5 12
4 1 5 12
12 4
51
11. Lisa used 84 flowers to make
bouquets. She used 7 flowers in
each bouquet. How many bouquets
did Lisa make?
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP7
Lesson 8
Name
Use Multiplication Patterns
Use a basic fact and a pattern to find the products.
30
300
3 3 100 5 _
3 3 1,000 5 3,000
_
1. 3 3 10 5 _
4. 10 3 6 5 _
2. 10 3 2 5 _
3. 8 3 10 5 _
100 3 2 5 _
8 3 100 5 _
1,000 3 2 5 _
8 3 1,000 5 _
5. 5 3 10 5 _
6. 10 3 7 5 _
100 3 6 5 _
5 3 100 5 _
100 3 7 5 _
1,000 3 6 5 _
5 3 1,000 5 _
1,000 3 7 5 _
Find the product.
7. 10 3 3 5 _
8. 9 3 100 5 _
9. _ 5 6 3 100
10. 1,000 3 9 5 _
11. _ 5 5 3 10
12. 4 3 100 5 _
13. _ 5 2 3 10
14. _ 5 1,000 3 1
15. 7 3 1,000 5 _
Use the picture graph for 16–17.
16. How many rocks does Eva have? Explain
how you found your answer.
Rock Collections
Name
Number of Rocks
Eva
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Tim
Sam
17. Sam has 30 more rocks in his collection
than Tim. Draw rocks in the picture graph
to show the number of rocks in Sam’s
collection. Explain your answer.
Key: Each
10 rocks.
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP8
Lesson 9
Name
Use Models to Multiply Tens and Ones
Find the product. Show your multiplication and addition.
1.
2.
3 3 15 5 O
2 3 14 5 O
3 3 10 5 30
3 3 5 5 15
30 1 15 5 45
4.
5.
5 3 14 5 O
7.
4 3 11 5 O
6.
6 3 13 5 O
8.
4 3 17 5 O
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
3.
6 3 15 5 O
9.
4 3 16 5 O
5 3 16 5 O
10. Mia babysits for $4 an hour. How much
money does she earn if she works for
12 hours?
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP9
Lesson 10
Name
Model Division with Remainders
Complete.
1. Divide 15 hats into
4 equal groups.
2. Divide 50 forks into
6 equal groups.
3 hats in each
There are _
There are _ forks in each
3 hats left over.
group and _
group and _ forks left over.
3. Divide 29 cookies into
groups of 3.
4. Divide 46 paper cups into
groups of 5.
There are _ groups
There are _ groups
and _ cookies left over.
and _ paper cup left over.
Find the total number of objects.
3 groups and 4 books left over.
6. There are 7 muffins in each of
There are _ books in all.
5 groups and 1 muffin left over.
There are _ muffins in all.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use the bar graph for 7–8.
7. If Sarah divides the white shells evenly onto
2 shelves, how many shells will be on each
shelf? How many shells will be left over?
8. If Sarah puts an equal number of tan shells
into some boxes and has 1 shell left over,
how many boxes will she use? How many
shells will be in each box?
Shell Collection
Number of Shells
5. There are 8 books in each of
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
e
hit
W
ay
Gr
n
Ta
Color
Getting Ready for Grade 4
GRP10
Lesson 11
Name
Use Models to Divide Tens and Ones
Use base-ten blocks and your MathBoard to divide.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
15
1. 60 4 4 5 _
2. 65 4 5 5 _
3. 54 4 3 5 _
4. 90 4 5 5 _
5. 74 4 2 5 _
6. 98 4 7 5 _
7. 75 4 5 5 _
8. 60 4 3 5 _
9. 78 4 6 5 _
10. 84 4 4 5 _
11. 96 4 6 5 _
12. 95 4 5 5 _
13. The third-grade students collected 90 cans of food
for a food drive. They want to put an equal number of
cans into each of 6 boxes. How many cans will they
put into each box?
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP11
Lesson 12
Name
Model Tenths and Hundredths
Write the fraction that names the shaded part.
1.
2.
3.
4.
6.
7.
8.
2
__
10
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5.
9. Pedro spins the pointer of a spinner
10 times. The pointer lands on the
color blue 7 times. Write a fraction
to represent the part of Pedro’s
spins that were blue.
10. Anya asks 100 students if they walk
83
to school. Of the students, ___
say
100
they walk to school. How many
students walk to school?
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP12
Lesson 13
Name
Fractions Greater Than One
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a mixed
number for the parts that are shaded.
1.
2.
_
21
2
__
3.
__
4.
__
5.
6.
__
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
__
7. Rachel and her friends eat _54 pizzas.
How can you write the amount of
pizza they ate as a mixed number?
__
8. Ms. Fuller has _83 pies left over from
her party. How can you write the
number of pies she has left over as
a mixed number?
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP13
Lesson 14
Name
Equivalent Fractions
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use models to find the equivalent fraction.
1
1. __ 5 ___
5 10
2
2
2. __ 5 __
8 4
1
3. __ 5 ___
6 12
2
4. __ 5 __
4 2
1
5. __ 5 ___
3 12
3
6. __ 5 ___
6 12
1
7. __ 5 ___
2 10
2
8. __ 5 __
3 6
9. Jamie uses _13 of a package of juice
boxes. There were 6 juice boxes in
the package to start with. Write the
fraction of the package Jamie used
in sixths.
10. Luis colors _14 of a spinner using a
red crayon. Write the fraction of the
spinner Luis colored red in twelfths.
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP14
Lesson 15
Name
Equivalent Fractions on a
Multiplication Table
Use a multiplication table to find three
equivalent fractions.
1
1. __
2
1
2. __
5
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
2
_, 3
_, 4
_
4 6 8
1
3. ___
10
2
4. __
3
2
5. __
8
2
6. __
5
3
7. ___
10
5
8. __
6
9. Nicki eats _14 of a cereal bar. What are 10. In a crate of apples, 3_5 of the apples
three equivalent fractions that name
the part of the cereal bar that Nicki
eats?
are green apples. What are three
equivalent fractions that name the
part of the apples in the crate that
are green?
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP15
Lesson 16
Name
Same Size, Same Shape
Look at the first shape. Tell if it appears to have the same
size and shape as the second shape. Write yes or no.
1.
2.
no
3.
4.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Juanita draws the rectangles shown.
Do the rectangles have the same
size and are they shaped the same?
Explain.
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP16
ALGEBRA
Lesson 17
Name
Change Customary Units of Length
Draw a picture.
1. Rename 3 feet using inches.
36 inches
3 feet 5 _
2. Rename 5 feet using inches.
5 feet 5 _ inches
3. Draw a number line. Rename 8 feet using inches.
8 feet 5 _ inches
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
4. Use the number line. Rename 9 feet using inches.
9 feet 5 _ inches
5. Robbie has a piece of rope that is
6 feet long. How many inches long
6. A fence is 4 feet tall. How many
inches tall is the fence?
is the rope?
Getting Ready for Grade 4
GRP17
ALGEBRA
Lesson 18
Name
Change Units for Length
Complete the table.
1.
1
2
3
4
5
100
200
300
400
500
Meters
Centimeters
Think: To find the number of centimeters,
add 100 centimeters for each meter.
2.
Meters
Centimeters
6
7
600
700
9
800
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the unknown number.
3. 1 meter 5 _ centimeters
4. 5 meters 5 _ centimeters
5. 4 meters 5 _ centimeters
6. 8 meters 5 _ centimeters
7. 3 meters 5 _ centimeters
8. 7 meters 5 _ centimeters
9. 2 meters 5 _ centimeters
10. 6 meters 5 _ centimeters
11. 9 meters 5 _ centimeters
12. 10 meters 5 _ centimeters
13. Ben paints 5 meters of fence before
14. Dana needs 6 meters of ribbon
stopping for lunch. Then he paints
3 more meters of fence. How many
centimeters of fence does Ben paint
in all?
to make bows. She has
160 centimeters of ribbon. Does
Dana have enough ribbon to make
the bows? Explain.
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP18
Lesson 19
Name
Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume
Choose the unit you would use to measure the amount of liquid
the container will hold. Choose the better unit of measure.
1. a bath tub: 40 cups or 40 gallons
2. a drinking mug: 1 cup or 1 quart
3. a soup bowl: 2 cups or 2 quarts
4. a water bucket: 1 cup or 1 gallon
5. Jay made 4 quarts of fruit juice.
milk into cups. How many cups
will she fill?
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
How many cups of fruit juice did
he make?
6. Vanessa will pour 2 gallons of
Getting Ready for Grade 4
GRP19
Lesson 20
Name
Estimate and Measure Weight
Choose the unit you would use to measure the weight.
Write ounce or pound.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
pound
10. Scott picks some apples to use for
a batch of applesauce. Which is a
more likely weight for the apples he
picks, 5 ounces or 5 pounds?
11. Ms. Mott measures some sugar to
make muffins. Does the sugar weigh
4 ounces or 4 pounds?
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP20
Download